Irvine, Pa. Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual...
Transcript of Irvine, Pa. Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual...
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 1
Irvine Pa Distribution Center
Vendor Compliance Manual
Revised
August 2017
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 2
Table of Contents
Section Page Welcome 3
Distribution Center Contact
Information 4
Transportation Requirements 6
Invoicing Instruction 8
EDIeSPS Requirements 9
SSCC Carton Labeling
Requirements 11
Mixed Cartons 15
Master Cartons for
ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextilesHardgoods
16
HeavyFragile Labeling 19
Remailers amp Inner Cartons 20
Palletized Cartons 21
Barcoded Product Unit Labeling 22
Unit Packaging Requirements Section 1 Packaging Information
Request Forms
Section 2 Packaging For Apparel
Shoes amp Accessory Items
Section 3 Garment On Hangers
Section 4 Packaging For Home Soft
Goods Textiles
Section 5 Packaging for Hard Goods
and Non Apparel
Section 6 Food and Floral
Section 7 Hazardous Materials
28 29-30
31
36
38
40
42
44
Vendor Chargebacks 45 Vendor Late Shipment Penalties 47
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 3
Congratulations amp Welcome
The Bluestem Brand catalogs of Appleseedrsquos
Bedford Fair Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Fingerhut
GettingtonCom Gold Violin Norm Thompson Old Pueblo
Traders Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilks are proud
to be working with you
This manual covers the information and requirements for
shipping orders to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center
We expect our vendors to fully review the information in
this manual before shipping product to the distribution
center
If for any reason you are unclear about any of the
requirements we are asking for please contact us
directly
Sincerely
The Bluestem Irvine Distribution Center Staff
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 4
Contact Information for Domestic Vendors
Vendor Compliance Manager
Jennifer Knopf Phone (814) 726-6221
Email jennknopfbluestemcom
Receiving Issues
Noreen Fulkman Phone (814) 563-5231
Email noreenfulkmanbluestemcom
EDILabeling Issues
Jennifer Knopf Phone (814) 726-6221
Email jennknopfbluestemcom
Renee Schott Phone (814) 726-6223
Email reneeschottbluestemcom
PackagingCharge backs
Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
TransportationRouting
Michelle Maille Phone (814) 563-5130
Email michellemaillebluestemcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 5
Contact Information for Direct Sourced
Overseas Vendors
For orders sourced through Bluestem Brands Global Sourcing office Please contact the applicable Bluestem Brands office in Delhi amp Hong Kong They will serve
as a contact point with the Bluestem Brands Distribution Center staff
For all other Direct Sourced overseas vendors Please email jackiebonacebluestemcom for any questions you might have Please be sure to identify in your email the specific brand you are providing product to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 6
Transportation Requirements The following routing requirements are requested five days prior to shipment but must be received a minimum of 48 hours in advance of the ship date
Domestic Vendors Only
Shipments of 15 cartons or more AND over 300 LBS will be routed through CH Robinson
Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndash must be sent to
trafficbluestemcom and bluestemteamchrobinsoncom
This form can be found on our vendor documents website at httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)
Bill Of Lading ndashyou will be provided a Bill of Lading by CH Robinson to be
given to the driver when your shipment is picked up
Bill of Lading Should be Marked
Prepaid 3rd Party To
CHR LTL
14800 Charlson Rd
Suite 2100
Eden Prairie MN 55347
Shipments less than 15 cartons AND less than 300 LBS Use UPS small package and bill shipment freight collect or third party Do not call CH Robinson ndash Shipments going through UPS will not be
handled by CH Robinson Please follow direction below
Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndashmust be sent to the
Irvine Pa traffic department trafficbluestemcom This form can be found on our vendor documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)
No Bill of Lading is needed on UPS shipments
Continued On Next Page
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 7
To use UPS Small Parcel Service to ship
bull If you already have a UPS account Go to upscom to begin the shipping
process
bullIf you need to set up an account to use UPS visit upscomgettingstarted Once on the Getting Started page click Register
for My UPS and follow the steps to receive your MY UPS ID and password
Further Instructions on using UPS Internet Shipping can be found on
our Vendor Documents website httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)
The address for all UPS Shipments will be
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive
Dock (Place appropriate dock letter here)
Irvine Pa 16329
Dock Letters AppleseedTog = A BlairOPTBedfordGold Violin = B
Drapers = D Fingerhut GettingtonCom = F
SahalieNorm Thompson = N WinterSilkrsquos = W
Contact trafficbluestemcom for UPS account number if needed
Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents Delivery Report - Please send a copy of your delivery report to
domesticimportpackbluestemcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 8
INVOICING INSTRUCTION
TO ENSURE TIMELY PAYMENT OF INVOICE(S) VENDORS ARE REQUESTED TO
COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS
SENDING INVOICES
While suppliers can continue to select the paper invoicing option Bluestem Brands strongly
encourages sending your invoice via email
By sending your invoices and credit notes by email documents are immediately received for
processing eliminating postal services costs and delays and significantly reducing risk of
loss In using this option you will receive a prompt electronic notification of receipt of your
invoice(s)
Depending on the option selected suppliers should send their invoices and credit notes
strictly to one of the following
ELECTRONIC MAILBOX ADDRESS
In a non-editable electronic file format (eg PDF etc) to the mailbox address
ap_invoicesbluestemcom
MAILING ADDRESS
(Include name of Brand)
co Bluestem Brands
35 Village Road 5th Floor
Middleton MA 01949
INVOICE REQUIREMENTS
Suppliers must have received an official Purchase order before providing goods or delivering
services to Bluestem Brands
Each invoice must indicate the purchase order number invoice number payment terms
and the remit to address
CONTACT INFORMATION
If you should require further clarification you may contact
Joan Lozier -Sr Accounts Payable Manager
978-998-3828
JoanLozierbluestemcom
Oswald Roper - Accounts Payable Supervisor
978-304-4234
OswaldRoperbluestemcom
Allyson Hendrickson ndash Lead International Payables
978-304-4231
AllysonHendricksonbluestemcom
Unless we hear from you to the contrary we consider the above procedures are fully
understandable and accepted by your company
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 9
Electronic Data Interchange ndash EDI eSPS
For All Domestic Vendors EDI is required
Bluestem Brands requires the use of Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) for
all shipments
Please email edisupportidcbluestemcom for information on becoming EDI
compliant
EDI specifications and information are located on our website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center
Compliance)
Below is a listing of third party EDI providers that may be used for
vendors that do not have an EDI solution in place These are only suggestions and you are not mandated to use any of these You may use
another third party of your choice as well
If using a third party EDI solution please contact them directly and
request set up with the catalog brand you are working with at Bluestem and your provider will contact our EDI support team on your behalf to complete the setup
B2B Gateway SetupB2BGatewayNet 401-491-9595 Banyan Commerce salesbanyancommercecom 905-947-1904
Covalent Works salescovalentworks 713-933-0590 Cressida Associates ghodgesapparelsoftwarecom 201-384-2414 ext131 Data Trans Solutions salesdatatrans-inccom 800-469-0877
DI Central salesdicentralcom or 1-2814801121 option 4 Diversified Global Solutions rshamahdivglobalnet 212-736-7989 ext 371
XEDI salesxedicom 1-844-GET-XEDI EDI Gateway infoedigatewaycom 800-267-3130 1EDISource www1edisourcecom or 1-800-EDI-1EDI
Ez Comm salesezcomsoftwarecom 877-765-3564 Innovative Systems wwwisllccom or 949-707-1560
SPS Commerce infospscommercecom 866-245-8100 Sterling Commerce wwwsterlingcommercecom or 1-800-299-4031 Spring Systems Inc wwwgetstartedspringsystemscom 888-275-2160
option2 Tradelink One ryanmillertradelinkonecom 203-876-1301
True Commerce wwwtruecommercecom or 1-888-268-8405 Unique Software Support Corp usscorp13aolcom 631-957-0052
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 10
Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents For All Import Vendors the use of eSPS is required
Direct Import Vendors are required to use the Bluestem eSPS system for exchanging an electronic ASN and SSCC carton labeling
For vendors sourced through Our Agent or Bluestem Brands International offices or direct imports for Appleseedrsquos Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Gold
Violin Norm Thompson Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilkrsquos a carton listing report and barcoded SSCC carton labels will be arranged through our
international offices and provided to the vendor
If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create SSCC
carton labels yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to get the necessary labels
Once your shipment is packed labeled and ready to ship according to the
carton listing report that was provided to you the completed carton listing report must be returned to the appropriate Bluestem office so the Bluestem
staff can create the electronic ASN for the distribution center
If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create the
carton listing report yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to complete the necessary steps
If you are a vendor that will not be using our Agent or Bluestem Brands International office and have not been trained to use the eSPS system on
your own you will want to refer to the section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information at the following website for instruction
on obtaining your carton labels and carton listing report
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information)
Or contact
jennknopfbluestemcom or jackiebonacebluestemcom
For international vendors using eSPS a complete set of shipment documents
must be sent via e-mail in a PDF format to customs-shippingbluestemcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 11
SSCC Carton Labeling Requirements
All Cartons inbound to the Bluestem Brands distribution center must have
barcoded SSCC carton labels applied
SSCC carton numbers must be unique (never repeated even across
vendors purchase orders shipments or factories)
An EDI vendor using an in house solution may source the SSCC carton labels
from their EDI system if applicable or through a third party label provider of their choice
Please note If a vendor is looking for a third party to source their SSCC labels please refer to pages 22-25 of this manual These label providers are
approved by Bluestem to make the SSCC carton labels
An EDI vendor using a third party EDI provider will use the providers SSCC carton labels generated at the time of the EDI Advanced Ship Notice
creation
You must assure your SSCC carton numbers match your EDI transmission
exactly
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 12
Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels
A Ship From Info
B Ship To Info
C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )
D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)
D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)
E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the product number)
E Bluestem Brands Color
E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension
E Quantity Packed
F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number
PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog
CATALOG PO PRODUCT
Appleseedrsquos AS AS
Bedford Fair BL AM
Blair BL BL
Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD
FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH
Gold Violin BL NT
Norm Thompson NT NT
Old Pueblo Traders BL AM
Sahalie NT NT
The Tog Shop AS AS
WinterSilkrsquos WS WS
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 13
SSCC Carton Label Placement
Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC
carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6
The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening
of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and
when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel
(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton
In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail
portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 14
Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that
will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent
smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode
that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances
Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United
States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over
the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 15
Mixed Cartons
First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under
any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed
The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of
carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label
If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or
more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons
For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order
1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color
Content Label Example
Mixed Carton Label Placement Example
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 16
Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles
Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo
flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of
BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)
Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be
listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton
dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton
sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance
requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit
QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in
the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are
specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides
top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the
Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a
carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited
Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and
must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding
Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel
(short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 17
Master Cartons for Hard Goods
Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified
Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our
MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)
carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given
QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem
Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton
sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get
crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or
impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are
absolutely prohibited
Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape
The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed
only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size
Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one
end panel (short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 18
Examples of Master Carton Packing
If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear
bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL
CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 19
HeavyFragile Labeling
A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all
remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end
panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering
Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 20
INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received
with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor
Re-mailers
Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength
LABELING
The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of
Origin labeling are met
Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each
remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up
For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the
SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the
carton
The vendor is to supply the following
(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos
(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no
less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the
extra knockdown remailers
(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 21
Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur
1) Cartons must be palletized by product number
2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped
3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied
Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the
outside of the pallet
For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to
be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet
4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be
applied
5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches
Pallet Label Example
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329
From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO
____ _____ ______
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 22
Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements
Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc
(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)
Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom
Website wwwfinelinetechcom
USA 1-800-500-8687
USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)
Canada 1-800-465-1890
China (HKG) 852-2156-9788
USA
3145 Medlock Bridge Rd
Norcross GA 30071
Contact Katie Bollinger
kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236
Canada
2374 Dunwin Drive
Mississauga ON L5L 1J9
Contact Karolyn Rackley
krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302
Hong Kong
Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building
116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong
KLN Hong Kong
Telephone 852-36191996
Contact Eva and Cindy
echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk
China
4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD
KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST
Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057
Telephone 8675526501338
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 23
Jain Name Label Co
(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)
Attention Sameer
A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road
AzadpurDelhi-110 033
telephone 91-11-4238119742381117
fax 91-11-27425863
jainnamegmailcom
LABEL MASTERS
(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)
USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited
LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building
224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road
Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT
New York NY 10001 Hong Kong
Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218
Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869
Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom
AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom
Contacts for Operations are
Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom
Website wwwlabelmasterscom
Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)
(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)
109 West 38th St Suite701
New York NY 10018
Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl
Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels
Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom
Website wwwlabelsigcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 2
Table of Contents
Section Page Welcome 3
Distribution Center Contact
Information 4
Transportation Requirements 6
Invoicing Instruction 8
EDIeSPS Requirements 9
SSCC Carton Labeling
Requirements 11
Mixed Cartons 15
Master Cartons for
ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextilesHardgoods
16
HeavyFragile Labeling 19
Remailers amp Inner Cartons 20
Palletized Cartons 21
Barcoded Product Unit Labeling 22
Unit Packaging Requirements Section 1 Packaging Information
Request Forms
Section 2 Packaging For Apparel
Shoes amp Accessory Items
Section 3 Garment On Hangers
Section 4 Packaging For Home Soft
Goods Textiles
Section 5 Packaging for Hard Goods
and Non Apparel
Section 6 Food and Floral
Section 7 Hazardous Materials
28 29-30
31
36
38
40
42
44
Vendor Chargebacks 45 Vendor Late Shipment Penalties 47
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 3
Congratulations amp Welcome
The Bluestem Brand catalogs of Appleseedrsquos
Bedford Fair Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Fingerhut
GettingtonCom Gold Violin Norm Thompson Old Pueblo
Traders Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilks are proud
to be working with you
This manual covers the information and requirements for
shipping orders to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center
We expect our vendors to fully review the information in
this manual before shipping product to the distribution
center
If for any reason you are unclear about any of the
requirements we are asking for please contact us
directly
Sincerely
The Bluestem Irvine Distribution Center Staff
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 4
Contact Information for Domestic Vendors
Vendor Compliance Manager
Jennifer Knopf Phone (814) 726-6221
Email jennknopfbluestemcom
Receiving Issues
Noreen Fulkman Phone (814) 563-5231
Email noreenfulkmanbluestemcom
EDILabeling Issues
Jennifer Knopf Phone (814) 726-6221
Email jennknopfbluestemcom
Renee Schott Phone (814) 726-6223
Email reneeschottbluestemcom
PackagingCharge backs
Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
TransportationRouting
Michelle Maille Phone (814) 563-5130
Email michellemaillebluestemcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 5
Contact Information for Direct Sourced
Overseas Vendors
For orders sourced through Bluestem Brands Global Sourcing office Please contact the applicable Bluestem Brands office in Delhi amp Hong Kong They will serve
as a contact point with the Bluestem Brands Distribution Center staff
For all other Direct Sourced overseas vendors Please email jackiebonacebluestemcom for any questions you might have Please be sure to identify in your email the specific brand you are providing product to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 6
Transportation Requirements The following routing requirements are requested five days prior to shipment but must be received a minimum of 48 hours in advance of the ship date
Domestic Vendors Only
Shipments of 15 cartons or more AND over 300 LBS will be routed through CH Robinson
Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndash must be sent to
trafficbluestemcom and bluestemteamchrobinsoncom
This form can be found on our vendor documents website at httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)
Bill Of Lading ndashyou will be provided a Bill of Lading by CH Robinson to be
given to the driver when your shipment is picked up
Bill of Lading Should be Marked
Prepaid 3rd Party To
CHR LTL
14800 Charlson Rd
Suite 2100
Eden Prairie MN 55347
Shipments less than 15 cartons AND less than 300 LBS Use UPS small package and bill shipment freight collect or third party Do not call CH Robinson ndash Shipments going through UPS will not be
handled by CH Robinson Please follow direction below
Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndashmust be sent to the
Irvine Pa traffic department trafficbluestemcom This form can be found on our vendor documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)
No Bill of Lading is needed on UPS shipments
Continued On Next Page
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 7
To use UPS Small Parcel Service to ship
bull If you already have a UPS account Go to upscom to begin the shipping
process
bullIf you need to set up an account to use UPS visit upscomgettingstarted Once on the Getting Started page click Register
for My UPS and follow the steps to receive your MY UPS ID and password
Further Instructions on using UPS Internet Shipping can be found on
our Vendor Documents website httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)
The address for all UPS Shipments will be
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive
Dock (Place appropriate dock letter here)
Irvine Pa 16329
Dock Letters AppleseedTog = A BlairOPTBedfordGold Violin = B
Drapers = D Fingerhut GettingtonCom = F
SahalieNorm Thompson = N WinterSilkrsquos = W
Contact trafficbluestemcom for UPS account number if needed
Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents Delivery Report - Please send a copy of your delivery report to
domesticimportpackbluestemcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 8
INVOICING INSTRUCTION
TO ENSURE TIMELY PAYMENT OF INVOICE(S) VENDORS ARE REQUESTED TO
COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS
SENDING INVOICES
While suppliers can continue to select the paper invoicing option Bluestem Brands strongly
encourages sending your invoice via email
By sending your invoices and credit notes by email documents are immediately received for
processing eliminating postal services costs and delays and significantly reducing risk of
loss In using this option you will receive a prompt electronic notification of receipt of your
invoice(s)
Depending on the option selected suppliers should send their invoices and credit notes
strictly to one of the following
ELECTRONIC MAILBOX ADDRESS
In a non-editable electronic file format (eg PDF etc) to the mailbox address
ap_invoicesbluestemcom
MAILING ADDRESS
(Include name of Brand)
co Bluestem Brands
35 Village Road 5th Floor
Middleton MA 01949
INVOICE REQUIREMENTS
Suppliers must have received an official Purchase order before providing goods or delivering
services to Bluestem Brands
Each invoice must indicate the purchase order number invoice number payment terms
and the remit to address
CONTACT INFORMATION
If you should require further clarification you may contact
Joan Lozier -Sr Accounts Payable Manager
978-998-3828
JoanLozierbluestemcom
Oswald Roper - Accounts Payable Supervisor
978-304-4234
OswaldRoperbluestemcom
Allyson Hendrickson ndash Lead International Payables
978-304-4231
AllysonHendricksonbluestemcom
Unless we hear from you to the contrary we consider the above procedures are fully
understandable and accepted by your company
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 9
Electronic Data Interchange ndash EDI eSPS
For All Domestic Vendors EDI is required
Bluestem Brands requires the use of Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) for
all shipments
Please email edisupportidcbluestemcom for information on becoming EDI
compliant
EDI specifications and information are located on our website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center
Compliance)
Below is a listing of third party EDI providers that may be used for
vendors that do not have an EDI solution in place These are only suggestions and you are not mandated to use any of these You may use
another third party of your choice as well
If using a third party EDI solution please contact them directly and
request set up with the catalog brand you are working with at Bluestem and your provider will contact our EDI support team on your behalf to complete the setup
B2B Gateway SetupB2BGatewayNet 401-491-9595 Banyan Commerce salesbanyancommercecom 905-947-1904
Covalent Works salescovalentworks 713-933-0590 Cressida Associates ghodgesapparelsoftwarecom 201-384-2414 ext131 Data Trans Solutions salesdatatrans-inccom 800-469-0877
DI Central salesdicentralcom or 1-2814801121 option 4 Diversified Global Solutions rshamahdivglobalnet 212-736-7989 ext 371
XEDI salesxedicom 1-844-GET-XEDI EDI Gateway infoedigatewaycom 800-267-3130 1EDISource www1edisourcecom or 1-800-EDI-1EDI
Ez Comm salesezcomsoftwarecom 877-765-3564 Innovative Systems wwwisllccom or 949-707-1560
SPS Commerce infospscommercecom 866-245-8100 Sterling Commerce wwwsterlingcommercecom or 1-800-299-4031 Spring Systems Inc wwwgetstartedspringsystemscom 888-275-2160
option2 Tradelink One ryanmillertradelinkonecom 203-876-1301
True Commerce wwwtruecommercecom or 1-888-268-8405 Unique Software Support Corp usscorp13aolcom 631-957-0052
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 10
Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents For All Import Vendors the use of eSPS is required
Direct Import Vendors are required to use the Bluestem eSPS system for exchanging an electronic ASN and SSCC carton labeling
For vendors sourced through Our Agent or Bluestem Brands International offices or direct imports for Appleseedrsquos Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Gold
Violin Norm Thompson Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilkrsquos a carton listing report and barcoded SSCC carton labels will be arranged through our
international offices and provided to the vendor
If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create SSCC
carton labels yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to get the necessary labels
Once your shipment is packed labeled and ready to ship according to the
carton listing report that was provided to you the completed carton listing report must be returned to the appropriate Bluestem office so the Bluestem
staff can create the electronic ASN for the distribution center
If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create the
carton listing report yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to complete the necessary steps
If you are a vendor that will not be using our Agent or Bluestem Brands International office and have not been trained to use the eSPS system on
your own you will want to refer to the section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information at the following website for instruction
on obtaining your carton labels and carton listing report
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information)
Or contact
jennknopfbluestemcom or jackiebonacebluestemcom
For international vendors using eSPS a complete set of shipment documents
must be sent via e-mail in a PDF format to customs-shippingbluestemcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 11
SSCC Carton Labeling Requirements
All Cartons inbound to the Bluestem Brands distribution center must have
barcoded SSCC carton labels applied
SSCC carton numbers must be unique (never repeated even across
vendors purchase orders shipments or factories)
An EDI vendor using an in house solution may source the SSCC carton labels
from their EDI system if applicable or through a third party label provider of their choice
Please note If a vendor is looking for a third party to source their SSCC labels please refer to pages 22-25 of this manual These label providers are
approved by Bluestem to make the SSCC carton labels
An EDI vendor using a third party EDI provider will use the providers SSCC carton labels generated at the time of the EDI Advanced Ship Notice
creation
You must assure your SSCC carton numbers match your EDI transmission
exactly
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 12
Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels
A Ship From Info
B Ship To Info
C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )
D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)
D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)
E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the product number)
E Bluestem Brands Color
E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension
E Quantity Packed
F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number
PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog
CATALOG PO PRODUCT
Appleseedrsquos AS AS
Bedford Fair BL AM
Blair BL BL
Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD
FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH
Gold Violin BL NT
Norm Thompson NT NT
Old Pueblo Traders BL AM
Sahalie NT NT
The Tog Shop AS AS
WinterSilkrsquos WS WS
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 13
SSCC Carton Label Placement
Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC
carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6
The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening
of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and
when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel
(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton
In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail
portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 14
Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that
will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent
smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode
that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances
Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United
States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over
the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 15
Mixed Cartons
First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under
any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed
The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of
carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label
If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or
more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons
For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order
1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color
Content Label Example
Mixed Carton Label Placement Example
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 16
Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles
Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo
flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of
BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)
Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be
listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton
dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton
sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance
requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit
QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in
the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are
specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides
top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the
Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a
carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited
Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and
must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding
Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel
(short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 17
Master Cartons for Hard Goods
Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified
Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our
MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)
carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given
QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem
Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton
sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get
crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or
impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are
absolutely prohibited
Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape
The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed
only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size
Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one
end panel (short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 18
Examples of Master Carton Packing
If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear
bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL
CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 19
HeavyFragile Labeling
A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all
remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end
panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering
Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 20
INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received
with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor
Re-mailers
Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength
LABELING
The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of
Origin labeling are met
Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each
remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up
For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the
SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the
carton
The vendor is to supply the following
(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos
(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no
less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the
extra knockdown remailers
(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 21
Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur
1) Cartons must be palletized by product number
2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped
3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied
Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the
outside of the pallet
For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to
be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet
4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be
applied
5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches
Pallet Label Example
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329
From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO
____ _____ ______
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 22
Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements
Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc
(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)
Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom
Website wwwfinelinetechcom
USA 1-800-500-8687
USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)
Canada 1-800-465-1890
China (HKG) 852-2156-9788
USA
3145 Medlock Bridge Rd
Norcross GA 30071
Contact Katie Bollinger
kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236
Canada
2374 Dunwin Drive
Mississauga ON L5L 1J9
Contact Karolyn Rackley
krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302
Hong Kong
Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building
116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong
KLN Hong Kong
Telephone 852-36191996
Contact Eva and Cindy
echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk
China
4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD
KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST
Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057
Telephone 8675526501338
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 23
Jain Name Label Co
(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)
Attention Sameer
A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road
AzadpurDelhi-110 033
telephone 91-11-4238119742381117
fax 91-11-27425863
jainnamegmailcom
LABEL MASTERS
(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)
USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited
LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building
224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road
Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT
New York NY 10001 Hong Kong
Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218
Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869
Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom
AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom
Contacts for Operations are
Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom
Website wwwlabelmasterscom
Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)
(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)
109 West 38th St Suite701
New York NY 10018
Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl
Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels
Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom
Website wwwlabelsigcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 3
Congratulations amp Welcome
The Bluestem Brand catalogs of Appleseedrsquos
Bedford Fair Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Fingerhut
GettingtonCom Gold Violin Norm Thompson Old Pueblo
Traders Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilks are proud
to be working with you
This manual covers the information and requirements for
shipping orders to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center
We expect our vendors to fully review the information in
this manual before shipping product to the distribution
center
If for any reason you are unclear about any of the
requirements we are asking for please contact us
directly
Sincerely
The Bluestem Irvine Distribution Center Staff
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 4
Contact Information for Domestic Vendors
Vendor Compliance Manager
Jennifer Knopf Phone (814) 726-6221
Email jennknopfbluestemcom
Receiving Issues
Noreen Fulkman Phone (814) 563-5231
Email noreenfulkmanbluestemcom
EDILabeling Issues
Jennifer Knopf Phone (814) 726-6221
Email jennknopfbluestemcom
Renee Schott Phone (814) 726-6223
Email reneeschottbluestemcom
PackagingCharge backs
Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
TransportationRouting
Michelle Maille Phone (814) 563-5130
Email michellemaillebluestemcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 5
Contact Information for Direct Sourced
Overseas Vendors
For orders sourced through Bluestem Brands Global Sourcing office Please contact the applicable Bluestem Brands office in Delhi amp Hong Kong They will serve
as a contact point with the Bluestem Brands Distribution Center staff
For all other Direct Sourced overseas vendors Please email jackiebonacebluestemcom for any questions you might have Please be sure to identify in your email the specific brand you are providing product to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 6
Transportation Requirements The following routing requirements are requested five days prior to shipment but must be received a minimum of 48 hours in advance of the ship date
Domestic Vendors Only
Shipments of 15 cartons or more AND over 300 LBS will be routed through CH Robinson
Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndash must be sent to
trafficbluestemcom and bluestemteamchrobinsoncom
This form can be found on our vendor documents website at httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)
Bill Of Lading ndashyou will be provided a Bill of Lading by CH Robinson to be
given to the driver when your shipment is picked up
Bill of Lading Should be Marked
Prepaid 3rd Party To
CHR LTL
14800 Charlson Rd
Suite 2100
Eden Prairie MN 55347
Shipments less than 15 cartons AND less than 300 LBS Use UPS small package and bill shipment freight collect or third party Do not call CH Robinson ndash Shipments going through UPS will not be
handled by CH Robinson Please follow direction below
Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndashmust be sent to the
Irvine Pa traffic department trafficbluestemcom This form can be found on our vendor documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)
No Bill of Lading is needed on UPS shipments
Continued On Next Page
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 7
To use UPS Small Parcel Service to ship
bull If you already have a UPS account Go to upscom to begin the shipping
process
bullIf you need to set up an account to use UPS visit upscomgettingstarted Once on the Getting Started page click Register
for My UPS and follow the steps to receive your MY UPS ID and password
Further Instructions on using UPS Internet Shipping can be found on
our Vendor Documents website httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)
The address for all UPS Shipments will be
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive
Dock (Place appropriate dock letter here)
Irvine Pa 16329
Dock Letters AppleseedTog = A BlairOPTBedfordGold Violin = B
Drapers = D Fingerhut GettingtonCom = F
SahalieNorm Thompson = N WinterSilkrsquos = W
Contact trafficbluestemcom for UPS account number if needed
Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents Delivery Report - Please send a copy of your delivery report to
domesticimportpackbluestemcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 8
INVOICING INSTRUCTION
TO ENSURE TIMELY PAYMENT OF INVOICE(S) VENDORS ARE REQUESTED TO
COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS
SENDING INVOICES
While suppliers can continue to select the paper invoicing option Bluestem Brands strongly
encourages sending your invoice via email
By sending your invoices and credit notes by email documents are immediately received for
processing eliminating postal services costs and delays and significantly reducing risk of
loss In using this option you will receive a prompt electronic notification of receipt of your
invoice(s)
Depending on the option selected suppliers should send their invoices and credit notes
strictly to one of the following
ELECTRONIC MAILBOX ADDRESS
In a non-editable electronic file format (eg PDF etc) to the mailbox address
ap_invoicesbluestemcom
MAILING ADDRESS
(Include name of Brand)
co Bluestem Brands
35 Village Road 5th Floor
Middleton MA 01949
INVOICE REQUIREMENTS
Suppliers must have received an official Purchase order before providing goods or delivering
services to Bluestem Brands
Each invoice must indicate the purchase order number invoice number payment terms
and the remit to address
CONTACT INFORMATION
If you should require further clarification you may contact
Joan Lozier -Sr Accounts Payable Manager
978-998-3828
JoanLozierbluestemcom
Oswald Roper - Accounts Payable Supervisor
978-304-4234
OswaldRoperbluestemcom
Allyson Hendrickson ndash Lead International Payables
978-304-4231
AllysonHendricksonbluestemcom
Unless we hear from you to the contrary we consider the above procedures are fully
understandable and accepted by your company
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 9
Electronic Data Interchange ndash EDI eSPS
For All Domestic Vendors EDI is required
Bluestem Brands requires the use of Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) for
all shipments
Please email edisupportidcbluestemcom for information on becoming EDI
compliant
EDI specifications and information are located on our website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center
Compliance)
Below is a listing of third party EDI providers that may be used for
vendors that do not have an EDI solution in place These are only suggestions and you are not mandated to use any of these You may use
another third party of your choice as well
If using a third party EDI solution please contact them directly and
request set up with the catalog brand you are working with at Bluestem and your provider will contact our EDI support team on your behalf to complete the setup
B2B Gateway SetupB2BGatewayNet 401-491-9595 Banyan Commerce salesbanyancommercecom 905-947-1904
Covalent Works salescovalentworks 713-933-0590 Cressida Associates ghodgesapparelsoftwarecom 201-384-2414 ext131 Data Trans Solutions salesdatatrans-inccom 800-469-0877
DI Central salesdicentralcom or 1-2814801121 option 4 Diversified Global Solutions rshamahdivglobalnet 212-736-7989 ext 371
XEDI salesxedicom 1-844-GET-XEDI EDI Gateway infoedigatewaycom 800-267-3130 1EDISource www1edisourcecom or 1-800-EDI-1EDI
Ez Comm salesezcomsoftwarecom 877-765-3564 Innovative Systems wwwisllccom or 949-707-1560
SPS Commerce infospscommercecom 866-245-8100 Sterling Commerce wwwsterlingcommercecom or 1-800-299-4031 Spring Systems Inc wwwgetstartedspringsystemscom 888-275-2160
option2 Tradelink One ryanmillertradelinkonecom 203-876-1301
True Commerce wwwtruecommercecom or 1-888-268-8405 Unique Software Support Corp usscorp13aolcom 631-957-0052
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 10
Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents For All Import Vendors the use of eSPS is required
Direct Import Vendors are required to use the Bluestem eSPS system for exchanging an electronic ASN and SSCC carton labeling
For vendors sourced through Our Agent or Bluestem Brands International offices or direct imports for Appleseedrsquos Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Gold
Violin Norm Thompson Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilkrsquos a carton listing report and barcoded SSCC carton labels will be arranged through our
international offices and provided to the vendor
If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create SSCC
carton labels yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to get the necessary labels
Once your shipment is packed labeled and ready to ship according to the
carton listing report that was provided to you the completed carton listing report must be returned to the appropriate Bluestem office so the Bluestem
staff can create the electronic ASN for the distribution center
If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create the
carton listing report yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to complete the necessary steps
If you are a vendor that will not be using our Agent or Bluestem Brands International office and have not been trained to use the eSPS system on
your own you will want to refer to the section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information at the following website for instruction
on obtaining your carton labels and carton listing report
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information)
Or contact
jennknopfbluestemcom or jackiebonacebluestemcom
For international vendors using eSPS a complete set of shipment documents
must be sent via e-mail in a PDF format to customs-shippingbluestemcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 11
SSCC Carton Labeling Requirements
All Cartons inbound to the Bluestem Brands distribution center must have
barcoded SSCC carton labels applied
SSCC carton numbers must be unique (never repeated even across
vendors purchase orders shipments or factories)
An EDI vendor using an in house solution may source the SSCC carton labels
from their EDI system if applicable or through a third party label provider of their choice
Please note If a vendor is looking for a third party to source their SSCC labels please refer to pages 22-25 of this manual These label providers are
approved by Bluestem to make the SSCC carton labels
An EDI vendor using a third party EDI provider will use the providers SSCC carton labels generated at the time of the EDI Advanced Ship Notice
creation
You must assure your SSCC carton numbers match your EDI transmission
exactly
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 12
Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels
A Ship From Info
B Ship To Info
C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )
D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)
D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)
E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the product number)
E Bluestem Brands Color
E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension
E Quantity Packed
F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number
PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog
CATALOG PO PRODUCT
Appleseedrsquos AS AS
Bedford Fair BL AM
Blair BL BL
Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD
FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH
Gold Violin BL NT
Norm Thompson NT NT
Old Pueblo Traders BL AM
Sahalie NT NT
The Tog Shop AS AS
WinterSilkrsquos WS WS
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 13
SSCC Carton Label Placement
Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC
carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6
The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening
of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and
when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel
(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton
In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail
portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 14
Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that
will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent
smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode
that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances
Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United
States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over
the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 15
Mixed Cartons
First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under
any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed
The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of
carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label
If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or
more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons
For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order
1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color
Content Label Example
Mixed Carton Label Placement Example
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 16
Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles
Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo
flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of
BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)
Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be
listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton
dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton
sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance
requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit
QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in
the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are
specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides
top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the
Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a
carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited
Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and
must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding
Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel
(short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 17
Master Cartons for Hard Goods
Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified
Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our
MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)
carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given
QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem
Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton
sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get
crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or
impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are
absolutely prohibited
Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape
The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed
only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size
Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one
end panel (short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 18
Examples of Master Carton Packing
If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear
bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL
CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 19
HeavyFragile Labeling
A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all
remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end
panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering
Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 20
INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received
with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor
Re-mailers
Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength
LABELING
The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of
Origin labeling are met
Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each
remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up
For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the
SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the
carton
The vendor is to supply the following
(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos
(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no
less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the
extra knockdown remailers
(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 21
Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur
1) Cartons must be palletized by product number
2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped
3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied
Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the
outside of the pallet
For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to
be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet
4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be
applied
5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches
Pallet Label Example
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329
From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO
____ _____ ______
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 22
Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements
Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc
(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)
Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom
Website wwwfinelinetechcom
USA 1-800-500-8687
USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)
Canada 1-800-465-1890
China (HKG) 852-2156-9788
USA
3145 Medlock Bridge Rd
Norcross GA 30071
Contact Katie Bollinger
kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236
Canada
2374 Dunwin Drive
Mississauga ON L5L 1J9
Contact Karolyn Rackley
krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302
Hong Kong
Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building
116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong
KLN Hong Kong
Telephone 852-36191996
Contact Eva and Cindy
echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk
China
4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD
KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST
Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057
Telephone 8675526501338
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 23
Jain Name Label Co
(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)
Attention Sameer
A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road
AzadpurDelhi-110 033
telephone 91-11-4238119742381117
fax 91-11-27425863
jainnamegmailcom
LABEL MASTERS
(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)
USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited
LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building
224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road
Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT
New York NY 10001 Hong Kong
Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218
Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869
Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom
AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom
Contacts for Operations are
Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom
Website wwwlabelmasterscom
Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)
(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)
109 West 38th St Suite701
New York NY 10018
Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl
Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels
Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom
Website wwwlabelsigcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 4
Contact Information for Domestic Vendors
Vendor Compliance Manager
Jennifer Knopf Phone (814) 726-6221
Email jennknopfbluestemcom
Receiving Issues
Noreen Fulkman Phone (814) 563-5231
Email noreenfulkmanbluestemcom
EDILabeling Issues
Jennifer Knopf Phone (814) 726-6221
Email jennknopfbluestemcom
Renee Schott Phone (814) 726-6223
Email reneeschottbluestemcom
PackagingCharge backs
Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
TransportationRouting
Michelle Maille Phone (814) 563-5130
Email michellemaillebluestemcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 5
Contact Information for Direct Sourced
Overseas Vendors
For orders sourced through Bluestem Brands Global Sourcing office Please contact the applicable Bluestem Brands office in Delhi amp Hong Kong They will serve
as a contact point with the Bluestem Brands Distribution Center staff
For all other Direct Sourced overseas vendors Please email jackiebonacebluestemcom for any questions you might have Please be sure to identify in your email the specific brand you are providing product to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 6
Transportation Requirements The following routing requirements are requested five days prior to shipment but must be received a minimum of 48 hours in advance of the ship date
Domestic Vendors Only
Shipments of 15 cartons or more AND over 300 LBS will be routed through CH Robinson
Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndash must be sent to
trafficbluestemcom and bluestemteamchrobinsoncom
This form can be found on our vendor documents website at httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)
Bill Of Lading ndashyou will be provided a Bill of Lading by CH Robinson to be
given to the driver when your shipment is picked up
Bill of Lading Should be Marked
Prepaid 3rd Party To
CHR LTL
14800 Charlson Rd
Suite 2100
Eden Prairie MN 55347
Shipments less than 15 cartons AND less than 300 LBS Use UPS small package and bill shipment freight collect or third party Do not call CH Robinson ndash Shipments going through UPS will not be
handled by CH Robinson Please follow direction below
Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndashmust be sent to the
Irvine Pa traffic department trafficbluestemcom This form can be found on our vendor documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)
No Bill of Lading is needed on UPS shipments
Continued On Next Page
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 7
To use UPS Small Parcel Service to ship
bull If you already have a UPS account Go to upscom to begin the shipping
process
bullIf you need to set up an account to use UPS visit upscomgettingstarted Once on the Getting Started page click Register
for My UPS and follow the steps to receive your MY UPS ID and password
Further Instructions on using UPS Internet Shipping can be found on
our Vendor Documents website httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)
The address for all UPS Shipments will be
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive
Dock (Place appropriate dock letter here)
Irvine Pa 16329
Dock Letters AppleseedTog = A BlairOPTBedfordGold Violin = B
Drapers = D Fingerhut GettingtonCom = F
SahalieNorm Thompson = N WinterSilkrsquos = W
Contact trafficbluestemcom for UPS account number if needed
Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents Delivery Report - Please send a copy of your delivery report to
domesticimportpackbluestemcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 8
INVOICING INSTRUCTION
TO ENSURE TIMELY PAYMENT OF INVOICE(S) VENDORS ARE REQUESTED TO
COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS
SENDING INVOICES
While suppliers can continue to select the paper invoicing option Bluestem Brands strongly
encourages sending your invoice via email
By sending your invoices and credit notes by email documents are immediately received for
processing eliminating postal services costs and delays and significantly reducing risk of
loss In using this option you will receive a prompt electronic notification of receipt of your
invoice(s)
Depending on the option selected suppliers should send their invoices and credit notes
strictly to one of the following
ELECTRONIC MAILBOX ADDRESS
In a non-editable electronic file format (eg PDF etc) to the mailbox address
ap_invoicesbluestemcom
MAILING ADDRESS
(Include name of Brand)
co Bluestem Brands
35 Village Road 5th Floor
Middleton MA 01949
INVOICE REQUIREMENTS
Suppliers must have received an official Purchase order before providing goods or delivering
services to Bluestem Brands
Each invoice must indicate the purchase order number invoice number payment terms
and the remit to address
CONTACT INFORMATION
If you should require further clarification you may contact
Joan Lozier -Sr Accounts Payable Manager
978-998-3828
JoanLozierbluestemcom
Oswald Roper - Accounts Payable Supervisor
978-304-4234
OswaldRoperbluestemcom
Allyson Hendrickson ndash Lead International Payables
978-304-4231
AllysonHendricksonbluestemcom
Unless we hear from you to the contrary we consider the above procedures are fully
understandable and accepted by your company
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 9
Electronic Data Interchange ndash EDI eSPS
For All Domestic Vendors EDI is required
Bluestem Brands requires the use of Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) for
all shipments
Please email edisupportidcbluestemcom for information on becoming EDI
compliant
EDI specifications and information are located on our website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center
Compliance)
Below is a listing of third party EDI providers that may be used for
vendors that do not have an EDI solution in place These are only suggestions and you are not mandated to use any of these You may use
another third party of your choice as well
If using a third party EDI solution please contact them directly and
request set up with the catalog brand you are working with at Bluestem and your provider will contact our EDI support team on your behalf to complete the setup
B2B Gateway SetupB2BGatewayNet 401-491-9595 Banyan Commerce salesbanyancommercecom 905-947-1904
Covalent Works salescovalentworks 713-933-0590 Cressida Associates ghodgesapparelsoftwarecom 201-384-2414 ext131 Data Trans Solutions salesdatatrans-inccom 800-469-0877
DI Central salesdicentralcom or 1-2814801121 option 4 Diversified Global Solutions rshamahdivglobalnet 212-736-7989 ext 371
XEDI salesxedicom 1-844-GET-XEDI EDI Gateway infoedigatewaycom 800-267-3130 1EDISource www1edisourcecom or 1-800-EDI-1EDI
Ez Comm salesezcomsoftwarecom 877-765-3564 Innovative Systems wwwisllccom or 949-707-1560
SPS Commerce infospscommercecom 866-245-8100 Sterling Commerce wwwsterlingcommercecom or 1-800-299-4031 Spring Systems Inc wwwgetstartedspringsystemscom 888-275-2160
option2 Tradelink One ryanmillertradelinkonecom 203-876-1301
True Commerce wwwtruecommercecom or 1-888-268-8405 Unique Software Support Corp usscorp13aolcom 631-957-0052
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 10
Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents For All Import Vendors the use of eSPS is required
Direct Import Vendors are required to use the Bluestem eSPS system for exchanging an electronic ASN and SSCC carton labeling
For vendors sourced through Our Agent or Bluestem Brands International offices or direct imports for Appleseedrsquos Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Gold
Violin Norm Thompson Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilkrsquos a carton listing report and barcoded SSCC carton labels will be arranged through our
international offices and provided to the vendor
If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create SSCC
carton labels yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to get the necessary labels
Once your shipment is packed labeled and ready to ship according to the
carton listing report that was provided to you the completed carton listing report must be returned to the appropriate Bluestem office so the Bluestem
staff can create the electronic ASN for the distribution center
If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create the
carton listing report yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to complete the necessary steps
If you are a vendor that will not be using our Agent or Bluestem Brands International office and have not been trained to use the eSPS system on
your own you will want to refer to the section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information at the following website for instruction
on obtaining your carton labels and carton listing report
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information)
Or contact
jennknopfbluestemcom or jackiebonacebluestemcom
For international vendors using eSPS a complete set of shipment documents
must be sent via e-mail in a PDF format to customs-shippingbluestemcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 11
SSCC Carton Labeling Requirements
All Cartons inbound to the Bluestem Brands distribution center must have
barcoded SSCC carton labels applied
SSCC carton numbers must be unique (never repeated even across
vendors purchase orders shipments or factories)
An EDI vendor using an in house solution may source the SSCC carton labels
from their EDI system if applicable or through a third party label provider of their choice
Please note If a vendor is looking for a third party to source their SSCC labels please refer to pages 22-25 of this manual These label providers are
approved by Bluestem to make the SSCC carton labels
An EDI vendor using a third party EDI provider will use the providers SSCC carton labels generated at the time of the EDI Advanced Ship Notice
creation
You must assure your SSCC carton numbers match your EDI transmission
exactly
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 12
Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels
A Ship From Info
B Ship To Info
C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )
D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)
D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)
E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the product number)
E Bluestem Brands Color
E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension
E Quantity Packed
F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number
PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog
CATALOG PO PRODUCT
Appleseedrsquos AS AS
Bedford Fair BL AM
Blair BL BL
Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD
FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH
Gold Violin BL NT
Norm Thompson NT NT
Old Pueblo Traders BL AM
Sahalie NT NT
The Tog Shop AS AS
WinterSilkrsquos WS WS
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 13
SSCC Carton Label Placement
Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC
carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6
The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening
of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and
when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel
(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton
In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail
portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 14
Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that
will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent
smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode
that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances
Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United
States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over
the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 15
Mixed Cartons
First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under
any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed
The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of
carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label
If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or
more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons
For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order
1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color
Content Label Example
Mixed Carton Label Placement Example
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 16
Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles
Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo
flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of
BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)
Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be
listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton
dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton
sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance
requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit
QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in
the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are
specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides
top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the
Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a
carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited
Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and
must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding
Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel
(short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 17
Master Cartons for Hard Goods
Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified
Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our
MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)
carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given
QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem
Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton
sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get
crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or
impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are
absolutely prohibited
Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape
The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed
only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size
Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one
end panel (short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 18
Examples of Master Carton Packing
If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear
bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL
CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 19
HeavyFragile Labeling
A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all
remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end
panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering
Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 20
INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received
with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor
Re-mailers
Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength
LABELING
The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of
Origin labeling are met
Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each
remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up
For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the
SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the
carton
The vendor is to supply the following
(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos
(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no
less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the
extra knockdown remailers
(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 21
Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur
1) Cartons must be palletized by product number
2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped
3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied
Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the
outside of the pallet
For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to
be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet
4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be
applied
5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches
Pallet Label Example
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329
From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO
____ _____ ______
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 22
Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements
Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc
(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)
Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom
Website wwwfinelinetechcom
USA 1-800-500-8687
USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)
Canada 1-800-465-1890
China (HKG) 852-2156-9788
USA
3145 Medlock Bridge Rd
Norcross GA 30071
Contact Katie Bollinger
kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236
Canada
2374 Dunwin Drive
Mississauga ON L5L 1J9
Contact Karolyn Rackley
krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302
Hong Kong
Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building
116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong
KLN Hong Kong
Telephone 852-36191996
Contact Eva and Cindy
echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk
China
4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD
KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST
Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057
Telephone 8675526501338
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 23
Jain Name Label Co
(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)
Attention Sameer
A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road
AzadpurDelhi-110 033
telephone 91-11-4238119742381117
fax 91-11-27425863
jainnamegmailcom
LABEL MASTERS
(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)
USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited
LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building
224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road
Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT
New York NY 10001 Hong Kong
Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218
Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869
Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom
AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom
Contacts for Operations are
Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom
Website wwwlabelmasterscom
Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)
(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)
109 West 38th St Suite701
New York NY 10018
Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl
Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels
Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom
Website wwwlabelsigcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 5
Contact Information for Direct Sourced
Overseas Vendors
For orders sourced through Bluestem Brands Global Sourcing office Please contact the applicable Bluestem Brands office in Delhi amp Hong Kong They will serve
as a contact point with the Bluestem Brands Distribution Center staff
For all other Direct Sourced overseas vendors Please email jackiebonacebluestemcom for any questions you might have Please be sure to identify in your email the specific brand you are providing product to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 6
Transportation Requirements The following routing requirements are requested five days prior to shipment but must be received a minimum of 48 hours in advance of the ship date
Domestic Vendors Only
Shipments of 15 cartons or more AND over 300 LBS will be routed through CH Robinson
Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndash must be sent to
trafficbluestemcom and bluestemteamchrobinsoncom
This form can be found on our vendor documents website at httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)
Bill Of Lading ndashyou will be provided a Bill of Lading by CH Robinson to be
given to the driver when your shipment is picked up
Bill of Lading Should be Marked
Prepaid 3rd Party To
CHR LTL
14800 Charlson Rd
Suite 2100
Eden Prairie MN 55347
Shipments less than 15 cartons AND less than 300 LBS Use UPS small package and bill shipment freight collect or third party Do not call CH Robinson ndash Shipments going through UPS will not be
handled by CH Robinson Please follow direction below
Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndashmust be sent to the
Irvine Pa traffic department trafficbluestemcom This form can be found on our vendor documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)
No Bill of Lading is needed on UPS shipments
Continued On Next Page
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 7
To use UPS Small Parcel Service to ship
bull If you already have a UPS account Go to upscom to begin the shipping
process
bullIf you need to set up an account to use UPS visit upscomgettingstarted Once on the Getting Started page click Register
for My UPS and follow the steps to receive your MY UPS ID and password
Further Instructions on using UPS Internet Shipping can be found on
our Vendor Documents website httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)
The address for all UPS Shipments will be
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive
Dock (Place appropriate dock letter here)
Irvine Pa 16329
Dock Letters AppleseedTog = A BlairOPTBedfordGold Violin = B
Drapers = D Fingerhut GettingtonCom = F
SahalieNorm Thompson = N WinterSilkrsquos = W
Contact trafficbluestemcom for UPS account number if needed
Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents Delivery Report - Please send a copy of your delivery report to
domesticimportpackbluestemcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 8
INVOICING INSTRUCTION
TO ENSURE TIMELY PAYMENT OF INVOICE(S) VENDORS ARE REQUESTED TO
COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS
SENDING INVOICES
While suppliers can continue to select the paper invoicing option Bluestem Brands strongly
encourages sending your invoice via email
By sending your invoices and credit notes by email documents are immediately received for
processing eliminating postal services costs and delays and significantly reducing risk of
loss In using this option you will receive a prompt electronic notification of receipt of your
invoice(s)
Depending on the option selected suppliers should send their invoices and credit notes
strictly to one of the following
ELECTRONIC MAILBOX ADDRESS
In a non-editable electronic file format (eg PDF etc) to the mailbox address
ap_invoicesbluestemcom
MAILING ADDRESS
(Include name of Brand)
co Bluestem Brands
35 Village Road 5th Floor
Middleton MA 01949
INVOICE REQUIREMENTS
Suppliers must have received an official Purchase order before providing goods or delivering
services to Bluestem Brands
Each invoice must indicate the purchase order number invoice number payment terms
and the remit to address
CONTACT INFORMATION
If you should require further clarification you may contact
Joan Lozier -Sr Accounts Payable Manager
978-998-3828
JoanLozierbluestemcom
Oswald Roper - Accounts Payable Supervisor
978-304-4234
OswaldRoperbluestemcom
Allyson Hendrickson ndash Lead International Payables
978-304-4231
AllysonHendricksonbluestemcom
Unless we hear from you to the contrary we consider the above procedures are fully
understandable and accepted by your company
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 9
Electronic Data Interchange ndash EDI eSPS
For All Domestic Vendors EDI is required
Bluestem Brands requires the use of Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) for
all shipments
Please email edisupportidcbluestemcom for information on becoming EDI
compliant
EDI specifications and information are located on our website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center
Compliance)
Below is a listing of third party EDI providers that may be used for
vendors that do not have an EDI solution in place These are only suggestions and you are not mandated to use any of these You may use
another third party of your choice as well
If using a third party EDI solution please contact them directly and
request set up with the catalog brand you are working with at Bluestem and your provider will contact our EDI support team on your behalf to complete the setup
B2B Gateway SetupB2BGatewayNet 401-491-9595 Banyan Commerce salesbanyancommercecom 905-947-1904
Covalent Works salescovalentworks 713-933-0590 Cressida Associates ghodgesapparelsoftwarecom 201-384-2414 ext131 Data Trans Solutions salesdatatrans-inccom 800-469-0877
DI Central salesdicentralcom or 1-2814801121 option 4 Diversified Global Solutions rshamahdivglobalnet 212-736-7989 ext 371
XEDI salesxedicom 1-844-GET-XEDI EDI Gateway infoedigatewaycom 800-267-3130 1EDISource www1edisourcecom or 1-800-EDI-1EDI
Ez Comm salesezcomsoftwarecom 877-765-3564 Innovative Systems wwwisllccom or 949-707-1560
SPS Commerce infospscommercecom 866-245-8100 Sterling Commerce wwwsterlingcommercecom or 1-800-299-4031 Spring Systems Inc wwwgetstartedspringsystemscom 888-275-2160
option2 Tradelink One ryanmillertradelinkonecom 203-876-1301
True Commerce wwwtruecommercecom or 1-888-268-8405 Unique Software Support Corp usscorp13aolcom 631-957-0052
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 10
Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents For All Import Vendors the use of eSPS is required
Direct Import Vendors are required to use the Bluestem eSPS system for exchanging an electronic ASN and SSCC carton labeling
For vendors sourced through Our Agent or Bluestem Brands International offices or direct imports for Appleseedrsquos Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Gold
Violin Norm Thompson Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilkrsquos a carton listing report and barcoded SSCC carton labels will be arranged through our
international offices and provided to the vendor
If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create SSCC
carton labels yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to get the necessary labels
Once your shipment is packed labeled and ready to ship according to the
carton listing report that was provided to you the completed carton listing report must be returned to the appropriate Bluestem office so the Bluestem
staff can create the electronic ASN for the distribution center
If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create the
carton listing report yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to complete the necessary steps
If you are a vendor that will not be using our Agent or Bluestem Brands International office and have not been trained to use the eSPS system on
your own you will want to refer to the section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information at the following website for instruction
on obtaining your carton labels and carton listing report
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information)
Or contact
jennknopfbluestemcom or jackiebonacebluestemcom
For international vendors using eSPS a complete set of shipment documents
must be sent via e-mail in a PDF format to customs-shippingbluestemcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 11
SSCC Carton Labeling Requirements
All Cartons inbound to the Bluestem Brands distribution center must have
barcoded SSCC carton labels applied
SSCC carton numbers must be unique (never repeated even across
vendors purchase orders shipments or factories)
An EDI vendor using an in house solution may source the SSCC carton labels
from their EDI system if applicable or through a third party label provider of their choice
Please note If a vendor is looking for a third party to source their SSCC labels please refer to pages 22-25 of this manual These label providers are
approved by Bluestem to make the SSCC carton labels
An EDI vendor using a third party EDI provider will use the providers SSCC carton labels generated at the time of the EDI Advanced Ship Notice
creation
You must assure your SSCC carton numbers match your EDI transmission
exactly
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 12
Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels
A Ship From Info
B Ship To Info
C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )
D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)
D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)
E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the product number)
E Bluestem Brands Color
E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension
E Quantity Packed
F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number
PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog
CATALOG PO PRODUCT
Appleseedrsquos AS AS
Bedford Fair BL AM
Blair BL BL
Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD
FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH
Gold Violin BL NT
Norm Thompson NT NT
Old Pueblo Traders BL AM
Sahalie NT NT
The Tog Shop AS AS
WinterSilkrsquos WS WS
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 13
SSCC Carton Label Placement
Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC
carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6
The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening
of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and
when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel
(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton
In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail
portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 14
Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that
will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent
smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode
that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances
Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United
States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over
the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 15
Mixed Cartons
First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under
any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed
The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of
carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label
If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or
more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons
For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order
1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color
Content Label Example
Mixed Carton Label Placement Example
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 16
Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles
Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo
flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of
BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)
Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be
listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton
dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton
sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance
requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit
QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in
the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are
specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides
top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the
Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a
carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited
Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and
must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding
Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel
(short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 17
Master Cartons for Hard Goods
Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified
Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our
MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)
carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given
QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem
Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton
sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get
crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or
impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are
absolutely prohibited
Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape
The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed
only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size
Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one
end panel (short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 18
Examples of Master Carton Packing
If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear
bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL
CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 19
HeavyFragile Labeling
A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all
remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end
panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering
Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 20
INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received
with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor
Re-mailers
Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength
LABELING
The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of
Origin labeling are met
Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each
remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up
For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the
SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the
carton
The vendor is to supply the following
(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos
(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no
less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the
extra knockdown remailers
(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 21
Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur
1) Cartons must be palletized by product number
2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped
3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied
Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the
outside of the pallet
For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to
be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet
4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be
applied
5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches
Pallet Label Example
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329
From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO
____ _____ ______
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 22
Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements
Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc
(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)
Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom
Website wwwfinelinetechcom
USA 1-800-500-8687
USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)
Canada 1-800-465-1890
China (HKG) 852-2156-9788
USA
3145 Medlock Bridge Rd
Norcross GA 30071
Contact Katie Bollinger
kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236
Canada
2374 Dunwin Drive
Mississauga ON L5L 1J9
Contact Karolyn Rackley
krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302
Hong Kong
Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building
116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong
KLN Hong Kong
Telephone 852-36191996
Contact Eva and Cindy
echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk
China
4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD
KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST
Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057
Telephone 8675526501338
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 23
Jain Name Label Co
(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)
Attention Sameer
A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road
AzadpurDelhi-110 033
telephone 91-11-4238119742381117
fax 91-11-27425863
jainnamegmailcom
LABEL MASTERS
(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)
USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited
LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building
224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road
Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT
New York NY 10001 Hong Kong
Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218
Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869
Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom
AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom
Contacts for Operations are
Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom
Website wwwlabelmasterscom
Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)
(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)
109 West 38th St Suite701
New York NY 10018
Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl
Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels
Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom
Website wwwlabelsigcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 6
Transportation Requirements The following routing requirements are requested five days prior to shipment but must be received a minimum of 48 hours in advance of the ship date
Domestic Vendors Only
Shipments of 15 cartons or more AND over 300 LBS will be routed through CH Robinson
Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndash must be sent to
trafficbluestemcom and bluestemteamchrobinsoncom
This form can be found on our vendor documents website at httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)
Bill Of Lading ndashyou will be provided a Bill of Lading by CH Robinson to be
given to the driver when your shipment is picked up
Bill of Lading Should be Marked
Prepaid 3rd Party To
CHR LTL
14800 Charlson Rd
Suite 2100
Eden Prairie MN 55347
Shipments less than 15 cartons AND less than 300 LBS Use UPS small package and bill shipment freight collect or third party Do not call CH Robinson ndash Shipments going through UPS will not be
handled by CH Robinson Please follow direction below
Bluestem Brands Routing Request Form ndashmust be sent to the
Irvine Pa traffic department trafficbluestemcom This form can be found on our vendor documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)
No Bill of Lading is needed on UPS shipments
Continued On Next Page
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 7
To use UPS Small Parcel Service to ship
bull If you already have a UPS account Go to upscom to begin the shipping
process
bullIf you need to set up an account to use UPS visit upscomgettingstarted Once on the Getting Started page click Register
for My UPS and follow the steps to receive your MY UPS ID and password
Further Instructions on using UPS Internet Shipping can be found on
our Vendor Documents website httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)
The address for all UPS Shipments will be
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive
Dock (Place appropriate dock letter here)
Irvine Pa 16329
Dock Letters AppleseedTog = A BlairOPTBedfordGold Violin = B
Drapers = D Fingerhut GettingtonCom = F
SahalieNorm Thompson = N WinterSilkrsquos = W
Contact trafficbluestemcom for UPS account number if needed
Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents Delivery Report - Please send a copy of your delivery report to
domesticimportpackbluestemcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 8
INVOICING INSTRUCTION
TO ENSURE TIMELY PAYMENT OF INVOICE(S) VENDORS ARE REQUESTED TO
COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS
SENDING INVOICES
While suppliers can continue to select the paper invoicing option Bluestem Brands strongly
encourages sending your invoice via email
By sending your invoices and credit notes by email documents are immediately received for
processing eliminating postal services costs and delays and significantly reducing risk of
loss In using this option you will receive a prompt electronic notification of receipt of your
invoice(s)
Depending on the option selected suppliers should send their invoices and credit notes
strictly to one of the following
ELECTRONIC MAILBOX ADDRESS
In a non-editable electronic file format (eg PDF etc) to the mailbox address
ap_invoicesbluestemcom
MAILING ADDRESS
(Include name of Brand)
co Bluestem Brands
35 Village Road 5th Floor
Middleton MA 01949
INVOICE REQUIREMENTS
Suppliers must have received an official Purchase order before providing goods or delivering
services to Bluestem Brands
Each invoice must indicate the purchase order number invoice number payment terms
and the remit to address
CONTACT INFORMATION
If you should require further clarification you may contact
Joan Lozier -Sr Accounts Payable Manager
978-998-3828
JoanLozierbluestemcom
Oswald Roper - Accounts Payable Supervisor
978-304-4234
OswaldRoperbluestemcom
Allyson Hendrickson ndash Lead International Payables
978-304-4231
AllysonHendricksonbluestemcom
Unless we hear from you to the contrary we consider the above procedures are fully
understandable and accepted by your company
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 9
Electronic Data Interchange ndash EDI eSPS
For All Domestic Vendors EDI is required
Bluestem Brands requires the use of Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) for
all shipments
Please email edisupportidcbluestemcom for information on becoming EDI
compliant
EDI specifications and information are located on our website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center
Compliance)
Below is a listing of third party EDI providers that may be used for
vendors that do not have an EDI solution in place These are only suggestions and you are not mandated to use any of these You may use
another third party of your choice as well
If using a third party EDI solution please contact them directly and
request set up with the catalog brand you are working with at Bluestem and your provider will contact our EDI support team on your behalf to complete the setup
B2B Gateway SetupB2BGatewayNet 401-491-9595 Banyan Commerce salesbanyancommercecom 905-947-1904
Covalent Works salescovalentworks 713-933-0590 Cressida Associates ghodgesapparelsoftwarecom 201-384-2414 ext131 Data Trans Solutions salesdatatrans-inccom 800-469-0877
DI Central salesdicentralcom or 1-2814801121 option 4 Diversified Global Solutions rshamahdivglobalnet 212-736-7989 ext 371
XEDI salesxedicom 1-844-GET-XEDI EDI Gateway infoedigatewaycom 800-267-3130 1EDISource www1edisourcecom or 1-800-EDI-1EDI
Ez Comm salesezcomsoftwarecom 877-765-3564 Innovative Systems wwwisllccom or 949-707-1560
SPS Commerce infospscommercecom 866-245-8100 Sterling Commerce wwwsterlingcommercecom or 1-800-299-4031 Spring Systems Inc wwwgetstartedspringsystemscom 888-275-2160
option2 Tradelink One ryanmillertradelinkonecom 203-876-1301
True Commerce wwwtruecommercecom or 1-888-268-8405 Unique Software Support Corp usscorp13aolcom 631-957-0052
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 10
Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents For All Import Vendors the use of eSPS is required
Direct Import Vendors are required to use the Bluestem eSPS system for exchanging an electronic ASN and SSCC carton labeling
For vendors sourced through Our Agent or Bluestem Brands International offices or direct imports for Appleseedrsquos Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Gold
Violin Norm Thompson Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilkrsquos a carton listing report and barcoded SSCC carton labels will be arranged through our
international offices and provided to the vendor
If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create SSCC
carton labels yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to get the necessary labels
Once your shipment is packed labeled and ready to ship according to the
carton listing report that was provided to you the completed carton listing report must be returned to the appropriate Bluestem office so the Bluestem
staff can create the electronic ASN for the distribution center
If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create the
carton listing report yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to complete the necessary steps
If you are a vendor that will not be using our Agent or Bluestem Brands International office and have not been trained to use the eSPS system on
your own you will want to refer to the section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information at the following website for instruction
on obtaining your carton labels and carton listing report
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information)
Or contact
jennknopfbluestemcom or jackiebonacebluestemcom
For international vendors using eSPS a complete set of shipment documents
must be sent via e-mail in a PDF format to customs-shippingbluestemcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 11
SSCC Carton Labeling Requirements
All Cartons inbound to the Bluestem Brands distribution center must have
barcoded SSCC carton labels applied
SSCC carton numbers must be unique (never repeated even across
vendors purchase orders shipments or factories)
An EDI vendor using an in house solution may source the SSCC carton labels
from their EDI system if applicable or through a third party label provider of their choice
Please note If a vendor is looking for a third party to source their SSCC labels please refer to pages 22-25 of this manual These label providers are
approved by Bluestem to make the SSCC carton labels
An EDI vendor using a third party EDI provider will use the providers SSCC carton labels generated at the time of the EDI Advanced Ship Notice
creation
You must assure your SSCC carton numbers match your EDI transmission
exactly
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 12
Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels
A Ship From Info
B Ship To Info
C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )
D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)
D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)
E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the product number)
E Bluestem Brands Color
E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension
E Quantity Packed
F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number
PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog
CATALOG PO PRODUCT
Appleseedrsquos AS AS
Bedford Fair BL AM
Blair BL BL
Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD
FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH
Gold Violin BL NT
Norm Thompson NT NT
Old Pueblo Traders BL AM
Sahalie NT NT
The Tog Shop AS AS
WinterSilkrsquos WS WS
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 13
SSCC Carton Label Placement
Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC
carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6
The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening
of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and
when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel
(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton
In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail
portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 14
Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that
will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent
smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode
that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances
Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United
States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over
the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 15
Mixed Cartons
First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under
any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed
The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of
carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label
If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or
more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons
For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order
1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color
Content Label Example
Mixed Carton Label Placement Example
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 16
Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles
Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo
flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of
BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)
Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be
listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton
dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton
sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance
requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit
QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in
the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are
specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides
top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the
Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a
carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited
Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and
must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding
Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel
(short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 17
Master Cartons for Hard Goods
Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified
Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our
MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)
carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given
QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem
Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton
sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get
crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or
impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are
absolutely prohibited
Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape
The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed
only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size
Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one
end panel (short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 18
Examples of Master Carton Packing
If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear
bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL
CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 19
HeavyFragile Labeling
A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all
remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end
panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering
Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 20
INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received
with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor
Re-mailers
Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength
LABELING
The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of
Origin labeling are met
Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each
remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up
For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the
SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the
carton
The vendor is to supply the following
(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos
(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no
less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the
extra knockdown remailers
(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 21
Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur
1) Cartons must be palletized by product number
2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped
3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied
Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the
outside of the pallet
For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to
be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet
4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be
applied
5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches
Pallet Label Example
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329
From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO
____ _____ ______
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 22
Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements
Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc
(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)
Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom
Website wwwfinelinetechcom
USA 1-800-500-8687
USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)
Canada 1-800-465-1890
China (HKG) 852-2156-9788
USA
3145 Medlock Bridge Rd
Norcross GA 30071
Contact Katie Bollinger
kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236
Canada
2374 Dunwin Drive
Mississauga ON L5L 1J9
Contact Karolyn Rackley
krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302
Hong Kong
Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building
116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong
KLN Hong Kong
Telephone 852-36191996
Contact Eva and Cindy
echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk
China
4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD
KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST
Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057
Telephone 8675526501338
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 23
Jain Name Label Co
(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)
Attention Sameer
A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road
AzadpurDelhi-110 033
telephone 91-11-4238119742381117
fax 91-11-27425863
jainnamegmailcom
LABEL MASTERS
(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)
USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited
LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building
224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road
Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT
New York NY 10001 Hong Kong
Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218
Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869
Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom
AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom
Contacts for Operations are
Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom
Website wwwlabelmasterscom
Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)
(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)
109 West 38th St Suite701
New York NY 10018
Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl
Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels
Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom
Website wwwlabelsigcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 7
To use UPS Small Parcel Service to ship
bull If you already have a UPS account Go to upscom to begin the shipping
process
bullIf you need to set up an account to use UPS visit upscomgettingstarted Once on the Getting Started page click Register
for My UPS and follow the steps to receive your MY UPS ID and password
Further Instructions on using UPS Internet Shipping can be found on
our Vendor Documents website httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Routing for Irvine Pa Distribution Center)
The address for all UPS Shipments will be
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive
Dock (Place appropriate dock letter here)
Irvine Pa 16329
Dock Letters AppleseedTog = A BlairOPTBedfordGold Violin = B
Drapers = D Fingerhut GettingtonCom = F
SahalieNorm Thompson = N WinterSilkrsquos = W
Contact trafficbluestemcom for UPS account number if needed
Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents Delivery Report - Please send a copy of your delivery report to
domesticimportpackbluestemcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 8
INVOICING INSTRUCTION
TO ENSURE TIMELY PAYMENT OF INVOICE(S) VENDORS ARE REQUESTED TO
COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS
SENDING INVOICES
While suppliers can continue to select the paper invoicing option Bluestem Brands strongly
encourages sending your invoice via email
By sending your invoices and credit notes by email documents are immediately received for
processing eliminating postal services costs and delays and significantly reducing risk of
loss In using this option you will receive a prompt electronic notification of receipt of your
invoice(s)
Depending on the option selected suppliers should send their invoices and credit notes
strictly to one of the following
ELECTRONIC MAILBOX ADDRESS
In a non-editable electronic file format (eg PDF etc) to the mailbox address
ap_invoicesbluestemcom
MAILING ADDRESS
(Include name of Brand)
co Bluestem Brands
35 Village Road 5th Floor
Middleton MA 01949
INVOICE REQUIREMENTS
Suppliers must have received an official Purchase order before providing goods or delivering
services to Bluestem Brands
Each invoice must indicate the purchase order number invoice number payment terms
and the remit to address
CONTACT INFORMATION
If you should require further clarification you may contact
Joan Lozier -Sr Accounts Payable Manager
978-998-3828
JoanLozierbluestemcom
Oswald Roper - Accounts Payable Supervisor
978-304-4234
OswaldRoperbluestemcom
Allyson Hendrickson ndash Lead International Payables
978-304-4231
AllysonHendricksonbluestemcom
Unless we hear from you to the contrary we consider the above procedures are fully
understandable and accepted by your company
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 9
Electronic Data Interchange ndash EDI eSPS
For All Domestic Vendors EDI is required
Bluestem Brands requires the use of Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) for
all shipments
Please email edisupportidcbluestemcom for information on becoming EDI
compliant
EDI specifications and information are located on our website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center
Compliance)
Below is a listing of third party EDI providers that may be used for
vendors that do not have an EDI solution in place These are only suggestions and you are not mandated to use any of these You may use
another third party of your choice as well
If using a third party EDI solution please contact them directly and
request set up with the catalog brand you are working with at Bluestem and your provider will contact our EDI support team on your behalf to complete the setup
B2B Gateway SetupB2BGatewayNet 401-491-9595 Banyan Commerce salesbanyancommercecom 905-947-1904
Covalent Works salescovalentworks 713-933-0590 Cressida Associates ghodgesapparelsoftwarecom 201-384-2414 ext131 Data Trans Solutions salesdatatrans-inccom 800-469-0877
DI Central salesdicentralcom or 1-2814801121 option 4 Diversified Global Solutions rshamahdivglobalnet 212-736-7989 ext 371
XEDI salesxedicom 1-844-GET-XEDI EDI Gateway infoedigatewaycom 800-267-3130 1EDISource www1edisourcecom or 1-800-EDI-1EDI
Ez Comm salesezcomsoftwarecom 877-765-3564 Innovative Systems wwwisllccom or 949-707-1560
SPS Commerce infospscommercecom 866-245-8100 Sterling Commerce wwwsterlingcommercecom or 1-800-299-4031 Spring Systems Inc wwwgetstartedspringsystemscom 888-275-2160
option2 Tradelink One ryanmillertradelinkonecom 203-876-1301
True Commerce wwwtruecommercecom or 1-888-268-8405 Unique Software Support Corp usscorp13aolcom 631-957-0052
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 10
Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents For All Import Vendors the use of eSPS is required
Direct Import Vendors are required to use the Bluestem eSPS system for exchanging an electronic ASN and SSCC carton labeling
For vendors sourced through Our Agent or Bluestem Brands International offices or direct imports for Appleseedrsquos Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Gold
Violin Norm Thompson Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilkrsquos a carton listing report and barcoded SSCC carton labels will be arranged through our
international offices and provided to the vendor
If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create SSCC
carton labels yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to get the necessary labels
Once your shipment is packed labeled and ready to ship according to the
carton listing report that was provided to you the completed carton listing report must be returned to the appropriate Bluestem office so the Bluestem
staff can create the electronic ASN for the distribution center
If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create the
carton listing report yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to complete the necessary steps
If you are a vendor that will not be using our Agent or Bluestem Brands International office and have not been trained to use the eSPS system on
your own you will want to refer to the section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information at the following website for instruction
on obtaining your carton labels and carton listing report
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information)
Or contact
jennknopfbluestemcom or jackiebonacebluestemcom
For international vendors using eSPS a complete set of shipment documents
must be sent via e-mail in a PDF format to customs-shippingbluestemcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 11
SSCC Carton Labeling Requirements
All Cartons inbound to the Bluestem Brands distribution center must have
barcoded SSCC carton labels applied
SSCC carton numbers must be unique (never repeated even across
vendors purchase orders shipments or factories)
An EDI vendor using an in house solution may source the SSCC carton labels
from their EDI system if applicable or through a third party label provider of their choice
Please note If a vendor is looking for a third party to source their SSCC labels please refer to pages 22-25 of this manual These label providers are
approved by Bluestem to make the SSCC carton labels
An EDI vendor using a third party EDI provider will use the providers SSCC carton labels generated at the time of the EDI Advanced Ship Notice
creation
You must assure your SSCC carton numbers match your EDI transmission
exactly
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 12
Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels
A Ship From Info
B Ship To Info
C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )
D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)
D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)
E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the product number)
E Bluestem Brands Color
E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension
E Quantity Packed
F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number
PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog
CATALOG PO PRODUCT
Appleseedrsquos AS AS
Bedford Fair BL AM
Blair BL BL
Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD
FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH
Gold Violin BL NT
Norm Thompson NT NT
Old Pueblo Traders BL AM
Sahalie NT NT
The Tog Shop AS AS
WinterSilkrsquos WS WS
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 13
SSCC Carton Label Placement
Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC
carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6
The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening
of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and
when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel
(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton
In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail
portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 14
Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that
will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent
smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode
that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances
Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United
States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over
the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 15
Mixed Cartons
First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under
any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed
The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of
carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label
If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or
more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons
For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order
1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color
Content Label Example
Mixed Carton Label Placement Example
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 16
Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles
Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo
flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of
BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)
Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be
listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton
dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton
sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance
requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit
QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in
the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are
specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides
top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the
Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a
carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited
Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and
must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding
Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel
(short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 17
Master Cartons for Hard Goods
Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified
Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our
MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)
carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given
QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem
Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton
sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get
crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or
impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are
absolutely prohibited
Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape
The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed
only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size
Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one
end panel (short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 18
Examples of Master Carton Packing
If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear
bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL
CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 19
HeavyFragile Labeling
A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all
remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end
panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering
Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 20
INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received
with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor
Re-mailers
Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength
LABELING
The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of
Origin labeling are met
Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each
remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up
For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the
SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the
carton
The vendor is to supply the following
(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos
(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no
less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the
extra knockdown remailers
(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 21
Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur
1) Cartons must be palletized by product number
2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped
3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied
Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the
outside of the pallet
For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to
be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet
4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be
applied
5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches
Pallet Label Example
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329
From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO
____ _____ ______
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 22
Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements
Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc
(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)
Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom
Website wwwfinelinetechcom
USA 1-800-500-8687
USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)
Canada 1-800-465-1890
China (HKG) 852-2156-9788
USA
3145 Medlock Bridge Rd
Norcross GA 30071
Contact Katie Bollinger
kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236
Canada
2374 Dunwin Drive
Mississauga ON L5L 1J9
Contact Karolyn Rackley
krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302
Hong Kong
Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building
116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong
KLN Hong Kong
Telephone 852-36191996
Contact Eva and Cindy
echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk
China
4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD
KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST
Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057
Telephone 8675526501338
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 23
Jain Name Label Co
(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)
Attention Sameer
A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road
AzadpurDelhi-110 033
telephone 91-11-4238119742381117
fax 91-11-27425863
jainnamegmailcom
LABEL MASTERS
(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)
USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited
LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building
224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road
Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT
New York NY 10001 Hong Kong
Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218
Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869
Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom
AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom
Contacts for Operations are
Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom
Website wwwlabelmasterscom
Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)
(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)
109 West 38th St Suite701
New York NY 10018
Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl
Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels
Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom
Website wwwlabelsigcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 8
INVOICING INSTRUCTION
TO ENSURE TIMELY PAYMENT OF INVOICE(S) VENDORS ARE REQUESTED TO
COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS
SENDING INVOICES
While suppliers can continue to select the paper invoicing option Bluestem Brands strongly
encourages sending your invoice via email
By sending your invoices and credit notes by email documents are immediately received for
processing eliminating postal services costs and delays and significantly reducing risk of
loss In using this option you will receive a prompt electronic notification of receipt of your
invoice(s)
Depending on the option selected suppliers should send their invoices and credit notes
strictly to one of the following
ELECTRONIC MAILBOX ADDRESS
In a non-editable electronic file format (eg PDF etc) to the mailbox address
ap_invoicesbluestemcom
MAILING ADDRESS
(Include name of Brand)
co Bluestem Brands
35 Village Road 5th Floor
Middleton MA 01949
INVOICE REQUIREMENTS
Suppliers must have received an official Purchase order before providing goods or delivering
services to Bluestem Brands
Each invoice must indicate the purchase order number invoice number payment terms
and the remit to address
CONTACT INFORMATION
If you should require further clarification you may contact
Joan Lozier -Sr Accounts Payable Manager
978-998-3828
JoanLozierbluestemcom
Oswald Roper - Accounts Payable Supervisor
978-304-4234
OswaldRoperbluestemcom
Allyson Hendrickson ndash Lead International Payables
978-304-4231
AllysonHendricksonbluestemcom
Unless we hear from you to the contrary we consider the above procedures are fully
understandable and accepted by your company
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 9
Electronic Data Interchange ndash EDI eSPS
For All Domestic Vendors EDI is required
Bluestem Brands requires the use of Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) for
all shipments
Please email edisupportidcbluestemcom for information on becoming EDI
compliant
EDI specifications and information are located on our website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center
Compliance)
Below is a listing of third party EDI providers that may be used for
vendors that do not have an EDI solution in place These are only suggestions and you are not mandated to use any of these You may use
another third party of your choice as well
If using a third party EDI solution please contact them directly and
request set up with the catalog brand you are working with at Bluestem and your provider will contact our EDI support team on your behalf to complete the setup
B2B Gateway SetupB2BGatewayNet 401-491-9595 Banyan Commerce salesbanyancommercecom 905-947-1904
Covalent Works salescovalentworks 713-933-0590 Cressida Associates ghodgesapparelsoftwarecom 201-384-2414 ext131 Data Trans Solutions salesdatatrans-inccom 800-469-0877
DI Central salesdicentralcom or 1-2814801121 option 4 Diversified Global Solutions rshamahdivglobalnet 212-736-7989 ext 371
XEDI salesxedicom 1-844-GET-XEDI EDI Gateway infoedigatewaycom 800-267-3130 1EDISource www1edisourcecom or 1-800-EDI-1EDI
Ez Comm salesezcomsoftwarecom 877-765-3564 Innovative Systems wwwisllccom or 949-707-1560
SPS Commerce infospscommercecom 866-245-8100 Sterling Commerce wwwsterlingcommercecom or 1-800-299-4031 Spring Systems Inc wwwgetstartedspringsystemscom 888-275-2160
option2 Tradelink One ryanmillertradelinkonecom 203-876-1301
True Commerce wwwtruecommercecom or 1-888-268-8405 Unique Software Support Corp usscorp13aolcom 631-957-0052
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 10
Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents For All Import Vendors the use of eSPS is required
Direct Import Vendors are required to use the Bluestem eSPS system for exchanging an electronic ASN and SSCC carton labeling
For vendors sourced through Our Agent or Bluestem Brands International offices or direct imports for Appleseedrsquos Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Gold
Violin Norm Thompson Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilkrsquos a carton listing report and barcoded SSCC carton labels will be arranged through our
international offices and provided to the vendor
If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create SSCC
carton labels yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to get the necessary labels
Once your shipment is packed labeled and ready to ship according to the
carton listing report that was provided to you the completed carton listing report must be returned to the appropriate Bluestem office so the Bluestem
staff can create the electronic ASN for the distribution center
If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create the
carton listing report yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to complete the necessary steps
If you are a vendor that will not be using our Agent or Bluestem Brands International office and have not been trained to use the eSPS system on
your own you will want to refer to the section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information at the following website for instruction
on obtaining your carton labels and carton listing report
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information)
Or contact
jennknopfbluestemcom or jackiebonacebluestemcom
For international vendors using eSPS a complete set of shipment documents
must be sent via e-mail in a PDF format to customs-shippingbluestemcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 11
SSCC Carton Labeling Requirements
All Cartons inbound to the Bluestem Brands distribution center must have
barcoded SSCC carton labels applied
SSCC carton numbers must be unique (never repeated even across
vendors purchase orders shipments or factories)
An EDI vendor using an in house solution may source the SSCC carton labels
from their EDI system if applicable or through a third party label provider of their choice
Please note If a vendor is looking for a third party to source their SSCC labels please refer to pages 22-25 of this manual These label providers are
approved by Bluestem to make the SSCC carton labels
An EDI vendor using a third party EDI provider will use the providers SSCC carton labels generated at the time of the EDI Advanced Ship Notice
creation
You must assure your SSCC carton numbers match your EDI transmission
exactly
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 12
Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels
A Ship From Info
B Ship To Info
C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )
D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)
D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)
E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the product number)
E Bluestem Brands Color
E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension
E Quantity Packed
F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number
PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog
CATALOG PO PRODUCT
Appleseedrsquos AS AS
Bedford Fair BL AM
Blair BL BL
Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD
FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH
Gold Violin BL NT
Norm Thompson NT NT
Old Pueblo Traders BL AM
Sahalie NT NT
The Tog Shop AS AS
WinterSilkrsquos WS WS
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 13
SSCC Carton Label Placement
Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC
carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6
The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening
of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and
when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel
(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton
In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail
portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 14
Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that
will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent
smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode
that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances
Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United
States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over
the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 15
Mixed Cartons
First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under
any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed
The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of
carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label
If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or
more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons
For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order
1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color
Content Label Example
Mixed Carton Label Placement Example
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 16
Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles
Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo
flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of
BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)
Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be
listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton
dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton
sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance
requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit
QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in
the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are
specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides
top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the
Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a
carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited
Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and
must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding
Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel
(short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 17
Master Cartons for Hard Goods
Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified
Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our
MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)
carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given
QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem
Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton
sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get
crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or
impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are
absolutely prohibited
Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape
The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed
only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size
Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one
end panel (short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 18
Examples of Master Carton Packing
If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear
bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL
CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 19
HeavyFragile Labeling
A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all
remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end
panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering
Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 20
INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received
with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor
Re-mailers
Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength
LABELING
The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of
Origin labeling are met
Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each
remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up
For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the
SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the
carton
The vendor is to supply the following
(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos
(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no
less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the
extra knockdown remailers
(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 21
Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur
1) Cartons must be palletized by product number
2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped
3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied
Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the
outside of the pallet
For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to
be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet
4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be
applied
5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches
Pallet Label Example
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329
From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO
____ _____ ______
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 22
Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements
Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc
(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)
Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom
Website wwwfinelinetechcom
USA 1-800-500-8687
USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)
Canada 1-800-465-1890
China (HKG) 852-2156-9788
USA
3145 Medlock Bridge Rd
Norcross GA 30071
Contact Katie Bollinger
kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236
Canada
2374 Dunwin Drive
Mississauga ON L5L 1J9
Contact Karolyn Rackley
krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302
Hong Kong
Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building
116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong
KLN Hong Kong
Telephone 852-36191996
Contact Eva and Cindy
echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk
China
4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD
KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST
Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057
Telephone 8675526501338
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 23
Jain Name Label Co
(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)
Attention Sameer
A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road
AzadpurDelhi-110 033
telephone 91-11-4238119742381117
fax 91-11-27425863
jainnamegmailcom
LABEL MASTERS
(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)
USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited
LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building
224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road
Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT
New York NY 10001 Hong Kong
Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218
Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869
Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom
AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom
Contacts for Operations are
Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom
Website wwwlabelmasterscom
Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)
(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)
109 West 38th St Suite701
New York NY 10018
Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl
Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels
Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom
Website wwwlabelsigcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 9
Electronic Data Interchange ndash EDI eSPS
For All Domestic Vendors EDI is required
Bluestem Brands requires the use of Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) for
all shipments
Please email edisupportidcbluestemcom for information on becoming EDI
compliant
EDI specifications and information are located on our website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center
Compliance)
Below is a listing of third party EDI providers that may be used for
vendors that do not have an EDI solution in place These are only suggestions and you are not mandated to use any of these You may use
another third party of your choice as well
If using a third party EDI solution please contact them directly and
request set up with the catalog brand you are working with at Bluestem and your provider will contact our EDI support team on your behalf to complete the setup
B2B Gateway SetupB2BGatewayNet 401-491-9595 Banyan Commerce salesbanyancommercecom 905-947-1904
Covalent Works salescovalentworks 713-933-0590 Cressida Associates ghodgesapparelsoftwarecom 201-384-2414 ext131 Data Trans Solutions salesdatatrans-inccom 800-469-0877
DI Central salesdicentralcom or 1-2814801121 option 4 Diversified Global Solutions rshamahdivglobalnet 212-736-7989 ext 371
XEDI salesxedicom 1-844-GET-XEDI EDI Gateway infoedigatewaycom 800-267-3130 1EDISource www1edisourcecom or 1-800-EDI-1EDI
Ez Comm salesezcomsoftwarecom 877-765-3564 Innovative Systems wwwisllccom or 949-707-1560
SPS Commerce infospscommercecom 866-245-8100 Sterling Commerce wwwsterlingcommercecom or 1-800-299-4031 Spring Systems Inc wwwgetstartedspringsystemscom 888-275-2160
option2 Tradelink One ryanmillertradelinkonecom 203-876-1301
True Commerce wwwtruecommercecom or 1-888-268-8405 Unique Software Support Corp usscorp13aolcom 631-957-0052
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 10
Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents For All Import Vendors the use of eSPS is required
Direct Import Vendors are required to use the Bluestem eSPS system for exchanging an electronic ASN and SSCC carton labeling
For vendors sourced through Our Agent or Bluestem Brands International offices or direct imports for Appleseedrsquos Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Gold
Violin Norm Thompson Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilkrsquos a carton listing report and barcoded SSCC carton labels will be arranged through our
international offices and provided to the vendor
If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create SSCC
carton labels yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to get the necessary labels
Once your shipment is packed labeled and ready to ship according to the
carton listing report that was provided to you the completed carton listing report must be returned to the appropriate Bluestem office so the Bluestem
staff can create the electronic ASN for the distribution center
If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create the
carton listing report yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to complete the necessary steps
If you are a vendor that will not be using our Agent or Bluestem Brands International office and have not been trained to use the eSPS system on
your own you will want to refer to the section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information at the following website for instruction
on obtaining your carton labels and carton listing report
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information)
Or contact
jennknopfbluestemcom or jackiebonacebluestemcom
For international vendors using eSPS a complete set of shipment documents
must be sent via e-mail in a PDF format to customs-shippingbluestemcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 11
SSCC Carton Labeling Requirements
All Cartons inbound to the Bluestem Brands distribution center must have
barcoded SSCC carton labels applied
SSCC carton numbers must be unique (never repeated even across
vendors purchase orders shipments or factories)
An EDI vendor using an in house solution may source the SSCC carton labels
from their EDI system if applicable or through a third party label provider of their choice
Please note If a vendor is looking for a third party to source their SSCC labels please refer to pages 22-25 of this manual These label providers are
approved by Bluestem to make the SSCC carton labels
An EDI vendor using a third party EDI provider will use the providers SSCC carton labels generated at the time of the EDI Advanced Ship Notice
creation
You must assure your SSCC carton numbers match your EDI transmission
exactly
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 12
Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels
A Ship From Info
B Ship To Info
C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )
D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)
D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)
E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the product number)
E Bluestem Brands Color
E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension
E Quantity Packed
F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number
PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog
CATALOG PO PRODUCT
Appleseedrsquos AS AS
Bedford Fair BL AM
Blair BL BL
Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD
FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH
Gold Violin BL NT
Norm Thompson NT NT
Old Pueblo Traders BL AM
Sahalie NT NT
The Tog Shop AS AS
WinterSilkrsquos WS WS
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 13
SSCC Carton Label Placement
Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC
carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6
The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening
of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and
when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel
(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton
In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail
portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 14
Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that
will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent
smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode
that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances
Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United
States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over
the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 15
Mixed Cartons
First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under
any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed
The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of
carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label
If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or
more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons
For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order
1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color
Content Label Example
Mixed Carton Label Placement Example
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 16
Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles
Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo
flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of
BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)
Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be
listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton
dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton
sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance
requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit
QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in
the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are
specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides
top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the
Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a
carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited
Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and
must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding
Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel
(short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 17
Master Cartons for Hard Goods
Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified
Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our
MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)
carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given
QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem
Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton
sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get
crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or
impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are
absolutely prohibited
Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape
The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed
only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size
Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one
end panel (short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 18
Examples of Master Carton Packing
If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear
bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL
CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 19
HeavyFragile Labeling
A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all
remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end
panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering
Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 20
INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received
with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor
Re-mailers
Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength
LABELING
The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of
Origin labeling are met
Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each
remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up
For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the
SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the
carton
The vendor is to supply the following
(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos
(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no
less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the
extra knockdown remailers
(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 21
Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur
1) Cartons must be palletized by product number
2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped
3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied
Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the
outside of the pallet
For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to
be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet
4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be
applied
5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches
Pallet Label Example
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329
From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO
____ _____ ______
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 22
Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements
Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc
(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)
Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom
Website wwwfinelinetechcom
USA 1-800-500-8687
USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)
Canada 1-800-465-1890
China (HKG) 852-2156-9788
USA
3145 Medlock Bridge Rd
Norcross GA 30071
Contact Katie Bollinger
kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236
Canada
2374 Dunwin Drive
Mississauga ON L5L 1J9
Contact Karolyn Rackley
krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302
Hong Kong
Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building
116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong
KLN Hong Kong
Telephone 852-36191996
Contact Eva and Cindy
echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk
China
4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD
KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST
Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057
Telephone 8675526501338
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 23
Jain Name Label Co
(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)
Attention Sameer
A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road
AzadpurDelhi-110 033
telephone 91-11-4238119742381117
fax 91-11-27425863
jainnamegmailcom
LABEL MASTERS
(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)
USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited
LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building
224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road
Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT
New York NY 10001 Hong Kong
Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218
Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869
Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom
AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom
Contacts for Operations are
Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom
Website wwwlabelmasterscom
Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)
(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)
109 West 38th St Suite701
New York NY 10018
Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl
Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels
Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom
Website wwwlabelsigcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 10
Direct ImportInternational Vendors amp Approved LDP VendorsAgents For All Import Vendors the use of eSPS is required
Direct Import Vendors are required to use the Bluestem eSPS system for exchanging an electronic ASN and SSCC carton labeling
For vendors sourced through Our Agent or Bluestem Brands International offices or direct imports for Appleseedrsquos Blair Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos Gold
Violin Norm Thompson Sahalie The Tog Shop amp WinterSilkrsquos a carton listing report and barcoded SSCC carton labels will be arranged through our
international offices and provided to the vendor
If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create SSCC
carton labels yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to get the necessary labels
Once your shipment is packed labeled and ready to ship according to the
carton listing report that was provided to you the completed carton listing report must be returned to the appropriate Bluestem office so the Bluestem
staff can create the electronic ASN for the distribution center
If you are a vendor who has been given access and training to create the
carton listing report yourself through eSPS you will do the procedures on your own to complete the necessary steps
If you are a vendor that will not be using our Agent or Bluestem Brands International office and have not been trained to use the eSPS system on
your own you will want to refer to the section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information at the following website for instruction
on obtaining your carton labels and carton listing report
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled eSPS Carton Listing and Carton Labeling Information)
Or contact
jennknopfbluestemcom or jackiebonacebluestemcom
For international vendors using eSPS a complete set of shipment documents
must be sent via e-mail in a PDF format to customs-shippingbluestemcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 11
SSCC Carton Labeling Requirements
All Cartons inbound to the Bluestem Brands distribution center must have
barcoded SSCC carton labels applied
SSCC carton numbers must be unique (never repeated even across
vendors purchase orders shipments or factories)
An EDI vendor using an in house solution may source the SSCC carton labels
from their EDI system if applicable or through a third party label provider of their choice
Please note If a vendor is looking for a third party to source their SSCC labels please refer to pages 22-25 of this manual These label providers are
approved by Bluestem to make the SSCC carton labels
An EDI vendor using a third party EDI provider will use the providers SSCC carton labels generated at the time of the EDI Advanced Ship Notice
creation
You must assure your SSCC carton numbers match your EDI transmission
exactly
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 12
Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels
A Ship From Info
B Ship To Info
C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )
D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)
D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)
E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the product number)
E Bluestem Brands Color
E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension
E Quantity Packed
F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number
PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog
CATALOG PO PRODUCT
Appleseedrsquos AS AS
Bedford Fair BL AM
Blair BL BL
Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD
FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH
Gold Violin BL NT
Norm Thompson NT NT
Old Pueblo Traders BL AM
Sahalie NT NT
The Tog Shop AS AS
WinterSilkrsquos WS WS
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 13
SSCC Carton Label Placement
Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC
carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6
The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening
of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and
when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel
(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton
In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail
portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 14
Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that
will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent
smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode
that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances
Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United
States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over
the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 15
Mixed Cartons
First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under
any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed
The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of
carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label
If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or
more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons
For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order
1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color
Content Label Example
Mixed Carton Label Placement Example
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 16
Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles
Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo
flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of
BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)
Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be
listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton
dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton
sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance
requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit
QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in
the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are
specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides
top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the
Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a
carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited
Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and
must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding
Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel
(short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 17
Master Cartons for Hard Goods
Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified
Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our
MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)
carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given
QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem
Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton
sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get
crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or
impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are
absolutely prohibited
Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape
The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed
only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size
Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one
end panel (short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 18
Examples of Master Carton Packing
If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear
bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL
CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 19
HeavyFragile Labeling
A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all
remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end
panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering
Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 20
INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received
with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor
Re-mailers
Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength
LABELING
The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of
Origin labeling are met
Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each
remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up
For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the
SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the
carton
The vendor is to supply the following
(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos
(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no
less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the
extra knockdown remailers
(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 21
Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur
1) Cartons must be palletized by product number
2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped
3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied
Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the
outside of the pallet
For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to
be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet
4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be
applied
5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches
Pallet Label Example
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329
From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO
____ _____ ______
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 22
Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements
Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc
(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)
Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom
Website wwwfinelinetechcom
USA 1-800-500-8687
USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)
Canada 1-800-465-1890
China (HKG) 852-2156-9788
USA
3145 Medlock Bridge Rd
Norcross GA 30071
Contact Katie Bollinger
kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236
Canada
2374 Dunwin Drive
Mississauga ON L5L 1J9
Contact Karolyn Rackley
krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302
Hong Kong
Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building
116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong
KLN Hong Kong
Telephone 852-36191996
Contact Eva and Cindy
echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk
China
4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD
KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST
Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057
Telephone 8675526501338
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 23
Jain Name Label Co
(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)
Attention Sameer
A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road
AzadpurDelhi-110 033
telephone 91-11-4238119742381117
fax 91-11-27425863
jainnamegmailcom
LABEL MASTERS
(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)
USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited
LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building
224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road
Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT
New York NY 10001 Hong Kong
Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218
Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869
Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom
AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom
Contacts for Operations are
Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom
Website wwwlabelmasterscom
Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)
(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)
109 West 38th St Suite701
New York NY 10018
Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl
Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels
Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom
Website wwwlabelsigcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 11
SSCC Carton Labeling Requirements
All Cartons inbound to the Bluestem Brands distribution center must have
barcoded SSCC carton labels applied
SSCC carton numbers must be unique (never repeated even across
vendors purchase orders shipments or factories)
An EDI vendor using an in house solution may source the SSCC carton labels
from their EDI system if applicable or through a third party label provider of their choice
Please note If a vendor is looking for a third party to source their SSCC labels please refer to pages 22-25 of this manual These label providers are
approved by Bluestem to make the SSCC carton labels
An EDI vendor using a third party EDI provider will use the providers SSCC carton labels generated at the time of the EDI Advanced Ship Notice
creation
You must assure your SSCC carton numbers match your EDI transmission
exactly
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 12
Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels
A Ship From Info
B Ship To Info
C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )
D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)
D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)
E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the product number)
E Bluestem Brands Color
E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension
E Quantity Packed
F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number
PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog
CATALOG PO PRODUCT
Appleseedrsquos AS AS
Bedford Fair BL AM
Blair BL BL
Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD
FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH
Gold Violin BL NT
Norm Thompson NT NT
Old Pueblo Traders BL AM
Sahalie NT NT
The Tog Shop AS AS
WinterSilkrsquos WS WS
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 13
SSCC Carton Label Placement
Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC
carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6
The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening
of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and
when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel
(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton
In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail
portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 14
Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that
will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent
smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode
that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances
Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United
States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over
the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 15
Mixed Cartons
First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under
any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed
The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of
carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label
If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or
more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons
For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order
1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color
Content Label Example
Mixed Carton Label Placement Example
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 16
Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles
Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo
flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of
BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)
Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be
listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton
dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton
sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance
requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit
QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in
the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are
specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides
top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the
Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a
carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited
Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and
must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding
Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel
(short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 17
Master Cartons for Hard Goods
Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified
Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our
MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)
carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given
QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem
Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton
sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get
crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or
impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are
absolutely prohibited
Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape
The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed
only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size
Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one
end panel (short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 18
Examples of Master Carton Packing
If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear
bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL
CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 19
HeavyFragile Labeling
A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all
remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end
panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering
Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 20
INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received
with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor
Re-mailers
Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength
LABELING
The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of
Origin labeling are met
Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each
remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up
For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the
SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the
carton
The vendor is to supply the following
(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos
(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no
less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the
extra knockdown remailers
(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 21
Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur
1) Cartons must be palletized by product number
2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped
3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied
Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the
outside of the pallet
For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to
be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet
4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be
applied
5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches
Pallet Label Example
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329
From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO
____ _____ ______
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 22
Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements
Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc
(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)
Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom
Website wwwfinelinetechcom
USA 1-800-500-8687
USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)
Canada 1-800-465-1890
China (HKG) 852-2156-9788
USA
3145 Medlock Bridge Rd
Norcross GA 30071
Contact Katie Bollinger
kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236
Canada
2374 Dunwin Drive
Mississauga ON L5L 1J9
Contact Karolyn Rackley
krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302
Hong Kong
Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building
116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong
KLN Hong Kong
Telephone 852-36191996
Contact Eva and Cindy
echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk
China
4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD
KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST
Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057
Telephone 8675526501338
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 23
Jain Name Label Co
(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)
Attention Sameer
A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road
AzadpurDelhi-110 033
telephone 91-11-4238119742381117
fax 91-11-27425863
jainnamegmailcom
LABEL MASTERS
(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)
USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited
LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building
224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road
Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT
New York NY 10001 Hong Kong
Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218
Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869
Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom
AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom
Contacts for Operations are
Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom
Website wwwlabelmasterscom
Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)
(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)
109 West 38th St Suite701
New York NY 10018
Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl
Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels
Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom
Website wwwlabelsigcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 12
Example of approved SSCC Barcoded Carton Labels
A Ship From Info
B Ship To Info
C Ship To Post Zip Code and Barcode ( optional )
D Bluestem Purchase Order Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the purchase order number)
D Ship DatePrint Date (optional)
E Bluestem Brands Product Number (please use the correct prefix based
off of the chart below on the front of the product number)
E Bluestem Brands Color
E Bluestem Brands SizeDimension
E Quantity Packed
F 20 digit SSCC barcoded carton number with human readable number
PO and Product Prefixes By Catalog
CATALOG PO PRODUCT
Appleseedrsquos AS AS
Bedford Fair BL AM
Blair BL BL
Draperrsquos amp Damonrsquos DD DD
FingerhutGettingtonCom FH FH
Gold Violin BL NT
Norm Thompson NT NT
Old Pueblo Traders BL AM
Sahalie NT NT
The Tog Shop AS AS
WinterSilkrsquos WS WS
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 13
SSCC Carton Label Placement
Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC
carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6
The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening
of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and
when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel
(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton
In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail
portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 14
Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that
will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent
smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode
that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances
Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United
States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over
the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 15
Mixed Cartons
First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under
any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed
The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of
carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label
If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or
more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons
For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order
1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color
Content Label Example
Mixed Carton Label Placement Example
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 16
Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles
Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo
flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of
BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)
Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be
listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton
dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton
sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance
requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit
QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in
the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are
specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides
top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the
Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a
carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited
Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and
must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding
Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel
(short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 17
Master Cartons for Hard Goods
Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified
Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our
MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)
carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given
QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem
Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton
sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get
crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or
impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are
absolutely prohibited
Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape
The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed
only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size
Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one
end panel (short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 18
Examples of Master Carton Packing
If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear
bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL
CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 19
HeavyFragile Labeling
A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all
remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end
panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering
Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 20
INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received
with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor
Re-mailers
Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength
LABELING
The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of
Origin labeling are met
Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each
remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up
For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the
SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the
carton
The vendor is to supply the following
(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos
(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no
less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the
extra knockdown remailers
(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 21
Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur
1) Cartons must be palletized by product number
2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped
3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied
Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the
outside of the pallet
For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to
be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet
4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be
applied
5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches
Pallet Label Example
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329
From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO
____ _____ ______
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 22
Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements
Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc
(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)
Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom
Website wwwfinelinetechcom
USA 1-800-500-8687
USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)
Canada 1-800-465-1890
China (HKG) 852-2156-9788
USA
3145 Medlock Bridge Rd
Norcross GA 30071
Contact Katie Bollinger
kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236
Canada
2374 Dunwin Drive
Mississauga ON L5L 1J9
Contact Karolyn Rackley
krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302
Hong Kong
Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building
116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong
KLN Hong Kong
Telephone 852-36191996
Contact Eva and Cindy
echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk
China
4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD
KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST
Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057
Telephone 8675526501338
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 23
Jain Name Label Co
(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)
Attention Sameer
A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road
AzadpurDelhi-110 033
telephone 91-11-4238119742381117
fax 91-11-27425863
jainnamegmailcom
LABEL MASTERS
(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)
USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited
LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building
224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road
Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT
New York NY 10001 Hong Kong
Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218
Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869
Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom
AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom
Contacts for Operations are
Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom
Website wwwlabelmasterscom
Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)
(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)
109 West 38th St Suite701
New York NY 10018
Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl
Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels
Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom
Website wwwlabelsigcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 13
SSCC Carton Label Placement
Barcodes CANNOT be printed directly to the corrugate The vendor must use SSCC
carton labels We prefer that the carton label size be no less than 4x6
The label must be applied to the end panel (short side) and perpendicular to the opening
of the carton and it must be flat readable and accurate with the barcodes in a vertical ldquopicket fencerdquo configuration The label must be placed at least 1rdquo from the left edge and
when possible at least 1rdquo from both the bottom and top edge of the carton If your carton is the same dimension on all four sides (Cube Carton) then the end panel
(short side) of the carton would be considered the side that the tape folds down on when paced on the top to seal the flaps of the carton
In the event the label is longer than the carton height the barcode and product detail
portion of the label should be placed on the end panel while the remainder of the label is folded over to the top of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 14
Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that
will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent
smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode
that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances
Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United
States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over
the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 15
Mixed Cartons
First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under
any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed
The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of
carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label
If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or
more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons
For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order
1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color
Content Label Example
Mixed Carton Label Placement Example
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 16
Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles
Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo
flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of
BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)
Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be
listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton
dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton
sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance
requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit
QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in
the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are
specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides
top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the
Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a
carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited
Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and
must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding
Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel
(short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 17
Master Cartons for Hard Goods
Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified
Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our
MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)
carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given
QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem
Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton
sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get
crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or
impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are
absolutely prohibited
Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape
The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed
only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size
Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one
end panel (short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 18
Examples of Master Carton Packing
If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear
bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL
CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 19
HeavyFragile Labeling
A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all
remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end
panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering
Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 20
INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received
with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor
Re-mailers
Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength
LABELING
The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of
Origin labeling are met
Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each
remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up
For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the
SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the
carton
The vendor is to supply the following
(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos
(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no
less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the
extra knockdown remailers
(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 21
Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur
1) Cartons must be palletized by product number
2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped
3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied
Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the
outside of the pallet
For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to
be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet
4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be
applied
5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches
Pallet Label Example
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329
From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO
____ _____ ______
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 22
Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements
Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc
(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)
Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom
Website wwwfinelinetechcom
USA 1-800-500-8687
USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)
Canada 1-800-465-1890
China (HKG) 852-2156-9788
USA
3145 Medlock Bridge Rd
Norcross GA 30071
Contact Katie Bollinger
kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236
Canada
2374 Dunwin Drive
Mississauga ON L5L 1J9
Contact Karolyn Rackley
krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302
Hong Kong
Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building
116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong
KLN Hong Kong
Telephone 852-36191996
Contact Eva and Cindy
echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk
China
4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD
KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST
Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057
Telephone 8675526501338
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 23
Jain Name Label Co
(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)
Attention Sameer
A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road
AzadpurDelhi-110 033
telephone 91-11-4238119742381117
fax 91-11-27425863
jainnamegmailcom
LABEL MASTERS
(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)
USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited
LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building
224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road
Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT
New York NY 10001 Hong Kong
Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218
Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869
Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom
AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom
Contacts for Operations are
Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom
Website wwwlabelmasterscom
Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)
(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)
109 West 38th St Suite701
New York NY 10018
Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl
Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels
Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom
Website wwwlabelsigcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 14
Domestic vendors must ensure that their carton labels are printed on label stock that
will maintain the print so it remains legible and scannable once it reaches the distribution center Clear tape may be applied over the label if desired to help prevent
smudging on the label There should be no creases in the tape applied over the barcode
that could cause scanning issues Labels that arrive in poor condition may be subject to chargebacks dependent on the circumstances
Direct Import vendors applying the SSCC labels on cartons outside of the United
States are required to attach clear tape over the entire label in order to protect it from the rigors of the transportation process If the vendor chooses not to use clear tape over
the labels and the labels become scuffed and unreadable the vendor will be responsible for labor costs and supplies to re-label the cartons
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 15
Mixed Cartons
First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under
any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed
The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of
carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label
If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or
more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons
For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order
1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color
Content Label Example
Mixed Carton Label Placement Example
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 16
Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles
Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo
flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of
BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)
Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be
listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton
dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton
sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance
requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit
QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in
the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are
specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides
top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the
Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a
carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited
Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and
must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding
Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel
(short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 17
Master Cartons for Hard Goods
Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified
Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our
MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)
carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given
QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem
Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton
sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get
crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or
impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are
absolutely prohibited
Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape
The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed
only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size
Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one
end panel (short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 18
Examples of Master Carton Packing
If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear
bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL
CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 19
HeavyFragile Labeling
A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all
remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end
panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering
Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 20
INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received
with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor
Re-mailers
Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength
LABELING
The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of
Origin labeling are met
Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each
remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up
For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the
SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the
carton
The vendor is to supply the following
(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos
(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no
less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the
extra knockdown remailers
(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 21
Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur
1) Cartons must be palletized by product number
2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped
3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied
Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the
outside of the pallet
For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to
be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet
4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be
applied
5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches
Pallet Label Example
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329
From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO
____ _____ ______
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 22
Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements
Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc
(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)
Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom
Website wwwfinelinetechcom
USA 1-800-500-8687
USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)
Canada 1-800-465-1890
China (HKG) 852-2156-9788
USA
3145 Medlock Bridge Rd
Norcross GA 30071
Contact Katie Bollinger
kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236
Canada
2374 Dunwin Drive
Mississauga ON L5L 1J9
Contact Karolyn Rackley
krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302
Hong Kong
Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building
116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong
KLN Hong Kong
Telephone 852-36191996
Contact Eva and Cindy
echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk
China
4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD
KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST
Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057
Telephone 8675526501338
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 23
Jain Name Label Co
(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)
Attention Sameer
A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road
AzadpurDelhi-110 033
telephone 91-11-4238119742381117
fax 91-11-27425863
jainnamegmailcom
LABEL MASTERS
(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)
USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited
LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building
224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road
Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT
New York NY 10001 Hong Kong
Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218
Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869
Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom
AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom
Contacts for Operations are
Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom
Website wwwlabelmasterscom
Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)
(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)
109 West 38th St Suite701
New York NY 10018
Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl
Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels
Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom
Website wwwlabelsigcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 15
Mixed Cartons
First and foremost different product numbers are not permitted to be mixed in a carton under
any circumstances Only color andor size can be mixed
The Irvine Pa DC highly discourages mixed cartons and asks that vendors request prior approval through our Packaging staff whenever mixed cartons or less then full carton quantities are proposed to be shipped Packaging will work with the vendor on height adjustment to the cartons or the possible use of multi-height cartons in order to avoid mixed cartons Cartons should be maintained as a single product carton if they can be filled at 75 of
carton quantity capacity If the carton contains more than one colorsize a content label must be placed directly next to the SSCC label This label can be produced by the vendor on a generic Avery type label
If mixed cartons are received and the vendor could have packed the units in single product cartons of 75 or
more of carton capacity and did not the vendor will be subject to chargebacks for labor incurred in re-boxing the units into single product cartons
For purposes of mixed cartons we prefer the following be utilized in rank order
1) Same size different color 2) Different sizes different color 3) Same or different sizes same color
Content Label Example
Mixed Carton Label Placement Example
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 16
Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles
Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo
flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of
BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)
Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be
listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton
dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton
sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance
requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit
QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in
the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are
specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides
top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the
Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a
carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited
Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and
must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding
Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel
(short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 17
Master Cartons for Hard Goods
Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified
Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our
MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)
carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given
QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem
Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton
sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get
crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or
impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are
absolutely prohibited
Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape
The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed
only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size
Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one
end panel (short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 18
Examples of Master Carton Packing
If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear
bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL
CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 19
HeavyFragile Labeling
A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all
remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end
panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering
Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 20
INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received
with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor
Re-mailers
Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength
LABELING
The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of
Origin labeling are met
Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each
remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up
For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the
SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the
carton
The vendor is to supply the following
(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos
(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no
less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the
extra knockdown remailers
(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 21
Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur
1) Cartons must be palletized by product number
2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped
3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied
Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the
outside of the pallet
For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to
be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet
4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be
applied
5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches
Pallet Label Example
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329
From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO
____ _____ ______
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 22
Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements
Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc
(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)
Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom
Website wwwfinelinetechcom
USA 1-800-500-8687
USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)
Canada 1-800-465-1890
China (HKG) 852-2156-9788
USA
3145 Medlock Bridge Rd
Norcross GA 30071
Contact Katie Bollinger
kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236
Canada
2374 Dunwin Drive
Mississauga ON L5L 1J9
Contact Karolyn Rackley
krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302
Hong Kong
Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building
116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong
KLN Hong Kong
Telephone 852-36191996
Contact Eva and Cindy
echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk
China
4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD
KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST
Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057
Telephone 8675526501338
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 23
Jain Name Label Co
(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)
Attention Sameer
A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road
AzadpurDelhi-110 033
telephone 91-11-4238119742381117
fax 91-11-27425863
jainnamegmailcom
LABEL MASTERS
(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)
USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited
LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building
224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road
Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT
New York NY 10001 Hong Kong
Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218
Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869
Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom
AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom
Contacts for Operations are
Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom
Website wwwlabelmasterscom
Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)
(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)
109 West 38th St Suite701
New York NY 10018
Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl
Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels
Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom
Website wwwlabelsigcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 16
Master Cartons for ApparelHome Soft GoodsTextiles
Material 200 pound Test Carton or metric equivalent regular slotted carton ldquocrdquo
flute 42-26-42 pound construction unless otherwise specified The sourcing of cartons is the responsibility of the supplier All shipping cartons must be free of
BHT (phenolic antioxidantspreservatives)
Dimensions Vary depending on product bulk and folded size Details may be
listed in the product packaging specifications Outside dimensions are always specified in inches as Length x Width x Height (L x W x H) Maximum carton
dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo We prefer you use the sizes listed on page 34 of this manual but we can accept carton
sizes that are between our MINMAX dimensions if needed All changes or variance
requests must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Cartons must not exceed the 40 lb (182 Kilo) per carton weight limit
QuantityUnits per carton The number of units varies depending on the type of product product bulk and fold size In general all units should fit comfortably in
the carton when it is fully packed The units should be stacked in one or two stacks depending on the specifications provided by Bluestem Brands If two stacks are
specified the units should be placed side by side in the carton with two stacks Alternate stack directions in all cartons They should not be too tight (carton sides
top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packing of cartons makes palletizing them in the
Distribution Center difficult or impossible The supplier must notify the Packaging department when they determine if more or fewer units than specified will fit into a
carton The Packaging Staff will review with the vendor to reach an agreeable decision Filler cartons are absolutely prohibited
Carton Sealing Should be 2rdquo - 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape The tape must not interfere with the carton marking or adhere to any inside merchandise and
must either match the box color or be clear Cartons must not be sealed with staples or any type of banding
Carton Marking The carton must have a barcoded SSCC label on one end panel
(short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 17
Master Cartons for Hard Goods
Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified
Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our
MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)
carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given
QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem
Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton
sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get
crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or
impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are
absolutely prohibited
Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape
The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed
only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size
Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one
end panel (short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 18
Examples of Master Carton Packing
If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear
bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL
CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 19
HeavyFragile Labeling
A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all
remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end
panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering
Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 20
INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received
with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor
Re-mailers
Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength
LABELING
The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of
Origin labeling are met
Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each
remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up
For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the
SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the
carton
The vendor is to supply the following
(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos
(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no
less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the
extra knockdown remailers
(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 21
Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur
1) Cartons must be palletized by product number
2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped
3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied
Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the
outside of the pallet
For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to
be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet
4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be
applied
5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches
Pallet Label Example
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329
From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO
____ _____ ______
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 22
Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements
Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc
(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)
Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom
Website wwwfinelinetechcom
USA 1-800-500-8687
USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)
Canada 1-800-465-1890
China (HKG) 852-2156-9788
USA
3145 Medlock Bridge Rd
Norcross GA 30071
Contact Katie Bollinger
kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236
Canada
2374 Dunwin Drive
Mississauga ON L5L 1J9
Contact Karolyn Rackley
krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302
Hong Kong
Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building
116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong
KLN Hong Kong
Telephone 852-36191996
Contact Eva and Cindy
echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk
China
4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD
KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST
Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057
Telephone 8675526501338
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 23
Jain Name Label Co
(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)
Attention Sameer
A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road
AzadpurDelhi-110 033
telephone 91-11-4238119742381117
fax 91-11-27425863
jainnamegmailcom
LABEL MASTERS
(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)
USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited
LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building
224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road
Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT
New York NY 10001 Hong Kong
Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218
Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869
Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom
AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom
Contacts for Operations are
Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom
Website wwwlabelmasterscom
Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)
(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)
109 West 38th St Suite701
New York NY 10018
Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl
Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels
Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom
Website wwwlabelsigcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 17
Master Cartons for Hard Goods
Material 200 pound Test Carton unless otherwise specified
Dimensions Maximum carton dimensions are 24rdquo X 165rdquo X 15rdquo Minimum Dimensions are 12rdquo x 12rdquo x 4rdquo Any variance outside of our
MIN MAX dimensions must be communicated to and approved by our Packaging staff Master cartons must not exceed the 40lb (182 kilo)
carton weight limit unless advanced prior approval is given
QuantityUnits per carton The manufacturer will supply Bluestem
Brands with carton quantities In general when fully packed all units should fit comfortably in the carton They should not be too tight (carton
sides top and bottom may deform) or too loose (product may get
crushed or shift position during shipment) Improper packaging of cartons makes palletizing them in the Distribution Center difficult or
impossible The manufacturer must notify Bluestem Brands Packaging Department of any changes prior to shipping Filler cartons are
absolutely prohibited
Carton sealing Should be 2rdquo ndash 3rdquo wide polypropylene or paper tape
The tape must not interfere with the carton marking nor adhere to any inside merchandise Cartons must not be stapled Banding is allowed
only when absolutely necessary due to carton weight andor size
Carton marking The carton must have a bar coded SSCC label on one
end panel (short side) of the carton
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 18
Examples of Master Carton Packing
If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear
bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL
CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 19
HeavyFragile Labeling
A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all
remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end
panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering
Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 20
INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received
with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor
Re-mailers
Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength
LABELING
The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of
Origin labeling are met
Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each
remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up
For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the
SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the
carton
The vendor is to supply the following
(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos
(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no
less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the
extra knockdown remailers
(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 21
Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur
1) Cartons must be palletized by product number
2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped
3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied
Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the
outside of the pallet
For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to
be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet
4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be
applied
5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches
Pallet Label Example
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329
From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO
____ _____ ______
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 22
Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements
Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc
(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)
Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom
Website wwwfinelinetechcom
USA 1-800-500-8687
USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)
Canada 1-800-465-1890
China (HKG) 852-2156-9788
USA
3145 Medlock Bridge Rd
Norcross GA 30071
Contact Katie Bollinger
kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236
Canada
2374 Dunwin Drive
Mississauga ON L5L 1J9
Contact Karolyn Rackley
krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302
Hong Kong
Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building
116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong
KLN Hong Kong
Telephone 852-36191996
Contact Eva and Cindy
echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk
China
4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD
KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST
Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057
Telephone 8675526501338
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 23
Jain Name Label Co
(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)
Attention Sameer
A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road
AzadpurDelhi-110 033
telephone 91-11-4238119742381117
fax 91-11-27425863
jainnamegmailcom
LABEL MASTERS
(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)
USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited
LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building
224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road
Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT
New York NY 10001 Hong Kong
Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218
Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869
Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom
AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom
Contacts for Operations are
Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom
Website wwwlabelmasterscom
Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)
(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)
109 West 38th St Suite701
New York NY 10018
Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl
Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels
Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom
Website wwwlabelsigcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 18
Examples of Master Carton Packing
If carton fillers are needed please use paper shredded paper formed foam clear
bubble pack or sealed air packets NO STYROFOAM POPCORN POLYSTYRENE POLYSTYRENE-LIKE LOOSE FILL PVC (ALSO KNOWN AS POLYVINYL
CHLORIDE) OR CRINKLE PACK
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 19
HeavyFragile Labeling
A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all
remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end
panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering
Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 20
INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received
with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor
Re-mailers
Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength
LABELING
The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of
Origin labeling are met
Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each
remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up
For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the
SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the
carton
The vendor is to supply the following
(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos
(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no
less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the
extra knockdown remailers
(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 21
Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur
1) Cartons must be palletized by product number
2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped
3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied
Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the
outside of the pallet
For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to
be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet
4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be
applied
5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches
Pallet Label Example
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329
From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO
____ _____ ______
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 22
Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements
Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc
(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)
Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom
Website wwwfinelinetechcom
USA 1-800-500-8687
USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)
Canada 1-800-465-1890
China (HKG) 852-2156-9788
USA
3145 Medlock Bridge Rd
Norcross GA 30071
Contact Katie Bollinger
kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236
Canada
2374 Dunwin Drive
Mississauga ON L5L 1J9
Contact Karolyn Rackley
krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302
Hong Kong
Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building
116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong
KLN Hong Kong
Telephone 852-36191996
Contact Eva and Cindy
echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk
China
4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD
KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST
Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057
Telephone 8675526501338
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 23
Jain Name Label Co
(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)
Attention Sameer
A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road
AzadpurDelhi-110 033
telephone 91-11-4238119742381117
fax 91-11-27425863
jainnamegmailcom
LABEL MASTERS
(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)
USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited
LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building
224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road
Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT
New York NY 10001 Hong Kong
Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218
Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869
Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom
AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom
Contacts for Operations are
Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom
Website wwwlabelmasterscom
Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)
(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)
109 West 38th St Suite701
New York NY 10018
Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl
Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels
Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom
Website wwwlabelsigcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 19
HeavyFragile Labeling
A ldquoHEAVYrdquo label is to be used for all master cartons weighing over 40lbs and all
remailer cartons weighing over 25 lbs The label is to be placed on the end
panel center at the bottom of the cartonndash Label is to have an orange background with black lettering
Any cartons containing glass items must have a Fragile Sticker applied to the same side of the carton that the SSCC 128 carton label is applied to
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 20
INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received
with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor
Re-mailers
Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength
LABELING
The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of
Origin labeling are met
Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each
remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up
For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the
SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the
carton
The vendor is to supply the following
(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos
(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no
less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the
extra knockdown remailers
(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 21
Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur
1) Cartons must be palletized by product number
2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped
3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied
Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the
outside of the pallet
For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to
be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet
4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be
applied
5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches
Pallet Label Example
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329
From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO
____ _____ ______
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 22
Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements
Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc
(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)
Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom
Website wwwfinelinetechcom
USA 1-800-500-8687
USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)
Canada 1-800-465-1890
China (HKG) 852-2156-9788
USA
3145 Medlock Bridge Rd
Norcross GA 30071
Contact Katie Bollinger
kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236
Canada
2374 Dunwin Drive
Mississauga ON L5L 1J9
Contact Karolyn Rackley
krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302
Hong Kong
Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building
116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong
KLN Hong Kong
Telephone 852-36191996
Contact Eva and Cindy
echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk
China
4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD
KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST
Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057
Telephone 8675526501338
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 23
Jain Name Label Co
(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)
Attention Sameer
A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road
AzadpurDelhi-110 033
telephone 91-11-4238119742381117
fax 91-11-27425863
jainnamegmailcom
LABEL MASTERS
(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)
USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited
LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building
224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road
Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT
New York NY 10001 Hong Kong
Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218
Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869
Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom
AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom
Contacts for Operations are
Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom
Website wwwlabelmasterscom
Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)
(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)
109 West 38th St Suite701
New York NY 10018
Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl
Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels
Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom
Website wwwlabelsigcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 20
INNER CARTON Inner Cartons and polybags are not permitted to be used We cannot store cartons received
with inners Inners will be removed which will result in chargebackrsquos to the vendor
Re-mailers
Re-mailers ndash Must be 200lb test strength
LABELING
The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of
Origin labeling are met
Any special handling instructions must be preprinted or contained on a label on each
remailer carton For Example Heavy Fragile or This End Up
For instances where the master carton holds only one unit the vendor must place the
SSCC carton label on the end panel (short side) and the unit label on the top of the
carton
The vendor is to supply the following
(a) Remailers for each shipment as noted on the POrsquos
(b) Include extra knockdown remailers in the amount of 3 of units ordered (no
less than 5 cartons per SKU) Bar coded unit labels are not required on the
extra knockdown remailers
(c) All remailer cartons must be securely taped on all sides
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 21
Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur
1) Cartons must be palletized by product number
2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped
3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied
Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the
outside of the pallet
For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to
be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet
4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be
applied
5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches
Pallet Label Example
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329
From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO
____ _____ ______
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 22
Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements
Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc
(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)
Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom
Website wwwfinelinetechcom
USA 1-800-500-8687
USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)
Canada 1-800-465-1890
China (HKG) 852-2156-9788
USA
3145 Medlock Bridge Rd
Norcross GA 30071
Contact Katie Bollinger
kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236
Canada
2374 Dunwin Drive
Mississauga ON L5L 1J9
Contact Karolyn Rackley
krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302
Hong Kong
Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building
116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong
KLN Hong Kong
Telephone 852-36191996
Contact Eva and Cindy
echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk
China
4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD
KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST
Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057
Telephone 8675526501338
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 23
Jain Name Label Co
(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)
Attention Sameer
A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road
AzadpurDelhi-110 033
telephone 91-11-4238119742381117
fax 91-11-27425863
jainnamegmailcom
LABEL MASTERS
(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)
USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited
LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building
224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road
Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT
New York NY 10001 Hong Kong
Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218
Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869
Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom
AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom
Contacts for Operations are
Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom
Website wwwlabelmasterscom
Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)
(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)
109 West 38th St Suite701
New York NY 10018
Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl
Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels
Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom
Website wwwlabelsigcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 21
Palletized Cartons When palletizing cartons the following must occur
1) Cartons must be palletized by product number
2) Pallets must be shrink wrapped
3) SSCC Label Application -Pallets containing remailers do not need an SSCC label applied
Pallets containing rolled rugs will only need one SSCC label placed so it can be seen from the
outside of the pallet
For pallets that have cartons that contain more than one unit in each carton there will need to
be an SSCC label on each carton on the pallet
4) If an SSCC label is not applied a pallet label like shown in the below example must be
applied
5) Pallet height maximum is 68 inches For Rolled Rugs Pallet Height Max is 50 inches
Pallet Label Example
Bluestem Brands Dist Center
100 Murray Drive Irvine Pa 16329
From (MFG Info Goes Here) Product Pallet QTY PO
____ _____ ______
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 22
Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements
Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc
(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)
Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom
Website wwwfinelinetechcom
USA 1-800-500-8687
USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)
Canada 1-800-465-1890
China (HKG) 852-2156-9788
USA
3145 Medlock Bridge Rd
Norcross GA 30071
Contact Katie Bollinger
kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236
Canada
2374 Dunwin Drive
Mississauga ON L5L 1J9
Contact Karolyn Rackley
krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302
Hong Kong
Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building
116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong
KLN Hong Kong
Telephone 852-36191996
Contact Eva and Cindy
echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk
China
4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD
KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST
Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057
Telephone 8675526501338
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 23
Jain Name Label Co
(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)
Attention Sameer
A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road
AzadpurDelhi-110 033
telephone 91-11-4238119742381117
fax 91-11-27425863
jainnamegmailcom
LABEL MASTERS
(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)
USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited
LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building
224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road
Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT
New York NY 10001 Hong Kong
Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218
Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869
Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom
AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom
Contacts for Operations are
Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom
Website wwwlabelmasterscom
Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)
(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)
109 West 38th St Suite701
New York NY 10018
Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl
Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels
Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom
Website wwwlabelsigcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 22
Unit Labeling The Irvine Pa Distribution Center REQUIRES all vendors to order barcoded unit labels specific to our requirements
Labels must be purchased from one of the below approved label providers FineLine Technologies Inc
(Manufacturing labels in USA Canada China amp Hong Kong)
Customer Service supportfinelinetechcom
Website wwwfinelinetechcom
USA 1-800-500-8687
USA 678-969-0835 (outside US)
Canada 1-800-465-1890
China (HKG) 852-2156-9788
USA
3145 Medlock Bridge Rd
Norcross GA 30071
Contact Katie Bollinger
kbollingerfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3236
Canada
2374 Dunwin Drive
Mississauga ON L5L 1J9
Contact Karolyn Rackley
krackleyfinelinetechcom 1-800-500-8687 ext 3302
Hong Kong
Unit A 10F Manning Industrial Building
116-118 How Ming Street Kwun Tong
KLN Hong Kong
Telephone 852-36191996
Contact Eva and Cindy
echanfinelinetechcomhk and cchenfinelinetechcomhk supportfinelinetechcomhk
China
4F BLDC 25 KE ZHI WEST RD
KE JI YUAN NAN SHAN DIST
Shenzhen Guang Dong 518057
Telephone 8675526501338
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 23
Jain Name Label Co
(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)
Attention Sameer
A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road
AzadpurDelhi-110 033
telephone 91-11-4238119742381117
fax 91-11-27425863
jainnamegmailcom
LABEL MASTERS
(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)
USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited
LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building
224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road
Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT
New York NY 10001 Hong Kong
Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218
Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869
Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom
AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom
Contacts for Operations are
Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom
Website wwwlabelmasterscom
Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)
(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)
109 West 38th St Suite701
New York NY 10018
Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl
Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels
Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom
Website wwwlabelsigcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 23
Jain Name Label Co
(Manufacturing labels in Delhi India)
Attention Sameer
A-674 Ind Area GTKarnal Road
AzadpurDelhi-110 033
telephone 91-11-4238119742381117
fax 91-11-27425863
jainnamegmailcom
LABEL MASTERS
(Manufacturing labels in New York Taiwan Hong Kong and Shanghai)
USA Label Masters Hong Kong Limited
LABEL MASTERS 902 Fabrico Industrial Building
224 West 35th St 78 Kwai Cheong Road
Suite 805 Kwai Chung NT
New York NY 10001 Hong Kong
Phone 212-842-8401 Phone 852-2743-2218
Fax 212-820-9720 Fax 852-2310-8869
Blair OPT Bedford Gold Violin Vendors - blairlabelmasterscom
AppleTogMBDraperrsquosWinterSilkrsquosNTOSahalie ndash aslabelmasterscom
Contacts for Operations are
Anlysz_operation1labelmasterscom
Website wwwlabelmasterscom
Labels Inter-Global (Labels IG)
(Manufacturing labels in NY Hong Kong and Uruguay)
109 West 38th St Suite701
New York NY 10018
Bluestem Brands Order Formswwwlabelsigcomobl
Phone 212-398-0006 (Option 2) or 1-888-We-R-Labels
Fax 212-768-8488 Email Orders bsbirvinelabelsigcom
Website wwwlabelsigcom
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 24
Label IT
(Manufacturing labels in North and South America Asia and Pacific Rim) Label IT USA Office (North and South American Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Inc (Label IT) 2325 Ulmerton Road Suite 23 Clearwater FL 33762
727-546-4500 (Phone) 727-546-4555 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelituscom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Cameron Guinn ndash cameronglabelituscom USA lead time is 3-5 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for USA production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for Fed Ex or UPS
Label IT Hong Kong Office (Asia amp Pacific Rim Vendors)
Label Interactive Technologies Asia (Label IT) Rm03 8F Fo Tan Ind Ctr 26-28 Au Pui Wan St Fo Tan NTHK 852-2690 5292 852-2690 5293 (Phone) 852-2690 5297 (Fax) Customer Service infolabelithkcom
Web Site wwwlabelituscom Contact Kitty Cheung - kcheunglabelithkcom Hong Kong lead time is 5-7 days ndash there is a 100 up charge for rush orders required same day shipment so long as orders are submitted prior to 1200pm Orders received after 1200pm will be shipped by close of business the following day Orders for HK production can be entered on their website (wwwlabelituscom) and they will produce and ship to the factories pending the vendorrsquos shipment account for SF Fed Ex or UPS
NBS PRINTING
(Manufacturing labels in Canada Bangladesh and China)
7520 Cote de liesse Saint-Laurent Quebec Canada H4T 1E7 Local (514) 272-0663 Toll Free (800) 364-8627 E-mail salesnbsprintingcom Online Ordering wwwnbsprintingcom
LoginRegister or simply search ORCHARD
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 25
PAX Tag amp Label Inc
(Manufacturing in Los Angeles Ca ndash Shipping Worldwide)
9528 E Rush Street South El Monte CA 91733
Phone 800-729-8247
Email infopaxtagcom
Website wwwpaxtagcom
IMPORTANT ndash PLEASE NOTE
Finelines Label It Label Masters Labels Inter-Global NBS and PAX have the capability and are also approved to provide bar coded SSCC 128 carton labels for vendors if needed
The barcoded labels will be available for ordering once you receive the purchase order The above label manufacturers will receive the purchase order at the same time You will receive and be charged for a 3 overage on all products listed on your purchase order to ensure extra supplies are on hand should you need to discard a label or need to re-label items If you wish additional labels above and beyond the 3 this should be requested when placing the order with the label provider There are options for expedited
deliveries with all companies When at all possible the vendor should order labels 30 days in advance of the shippromise date on your purchase order Allow up to two weeks for delivery In situations where the label supplier advises you
that they do not have the PO available in their system please contact edisupportidcbluestemcom for assistance with getting the PO sent to their system
The costs of the unit labels and all delivery costs are to be paid by the vendor
The required label size is 4X2 All products coming into the Distribution Center must be packaged in a way that will allow a 4X2 label to be completely put on the top side of the product No folding or creasing is allowed on the label Ordering unit labels from any other supplier is not permitted and will result in a chargeback to the vendor
for all costs associated with our staff putting the correct labels on the products as well as the costs of the labels When you order labels from Finelines Jain Label Label Masters Labels Inter-Global Label IT NBS or PAX the vendor is held harmless if the quality of the barcode label fails to meet the needs of our distribution center however the vendor is responsible to review and confirm that the human readable
detail on the labels is correct and matches the product detail on the purchase order received by your
buyer exactly upon receiving the label order from the label supplier The label providers will not be held liable for human readable information showing incorrectly on the labels and the vendor could receive chargebacks for incorrect data
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 26
Unit Label Placement
PolybagBubble Bag - Placement of the adhesive bar code label on the poly-bagbubble bag
should be on the front of the bag centered in the middle horizontally on the bag When items
are folded the label should be centered in what is the final presentation of the product Any
vendor UPC labels on the same side of the product should be covered If positioning the label
as directed would cause any brand information desired by the merchant for the customer to
view to be obscured then the label should be placed as close as possible to the center in a spot
that is free of any copy or design
Shoe boxes or other boxed items - Placement of the adhesive barcode label should be on the
top center of the box If it is a two piece box the label must be placed in a manner that it is not
obstructed by the banding
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 27
Belts ndash On items such as belts the label should be placed in a manner in which it will rest on a
solid part of the product
GOHrsquos ndash Garment On Hanger ndash The unit label should be placed in the upper center
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 28
Unit Packaging Requirements
All Vendors Except For Blair Gold Violin Old Pueblo Trader and Bedford Fair must do the following (Bluestem Brands will provide
packaging specifications for these brands) The forms located on the following pages 29 amp 30 MUST be filled out prior to shipping any first
time productstyle number to the Irvine Pa Distribution Center Depending on the type of
product being shipped the vendor must complete and send either the form on page 29 or 30
detailing exactly how the product is going to be packed
If you are shipping Non-Apparel (Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) please
fill out the form on page 29
If you are shipping Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery
please fill out the form on page 30
It is necessary for us to receive accurate packaging detail therefore this form must be filled
out and e-mailed no less than two weeks prior to the shipment arriving here at the DC The
email address to send this to is listed directly on the form
This form can be copied off of the next pages of the manual and filled in They can also be
located on our Vendor Documents website at
httporchardhomeservicescomvendor-relations
(refer to section titled Irvine Pa DC Packaging Information Forms)
Questions on completion of the form can be directed to the Packaging staff contact info listed
on the form
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 29
Packaging Information Request for Non-Apparel
(Includes Jewelry Purses Wallets Totes) Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number ________Date __________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC __________
Vendor contact___________________ Phone_____________ E-mail____________
Unit Packaging Information (Please check appropriate box)
Polybag Blister Pack Clamshell Re-shippable Carton Jewelry Box
Bubble Mailer Bag Box with Plastic Display Window
other box (explain) ______ __________________
RUGS
Rolled Folded Re-shippable Polybag Non Re-shippable Polybag
Product
Number amp
Product
Description
PO
Number
Master
Carton
L x W x H
Inches
Master
Carton
Weight
Lbs
Units per
Master
Carton
Unit Pack
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 30
Packaging Information Request for
Apparel Shoes Belts Hats Scarves Gloves Ties Hosiery Send completed form to
idcpackagingbluestemcom Or Fax 814-726-6046 Packaging is very important to us please be as accurate as possible when completing this form If more form space is needed please copy this page so you have additional room
Where possible try to use a consistent carton size varying the number of units packed in each (if there are product size differentials)
PLEASE DO NOT PACK IN MASTER PACKS EXCEEDING 40 POUNDS
Brand AS-TGMB DD FingerhutGettingtonCom Norm Thompson
Sahalie WS
Vendor Name amp ID Number _______________________________ Date ________
Expected Arrival Date of Shipment to the Irvine Pa DC ________________
Vendor contact __________________ Phone _____________ E-mail ___________
Unit Packaging Information Please check appropriate box
Polybag Folded Not Folded Item on Hanger Banded Shoebox Vertical
GOH
Bubble Mailer Bag Chipboard Backer in Fold
Product
Number amp
Description
PO
Number
Size Range Master
Carton
L x W x
H
Inches
Units
per
Master
Carton
Packaged
Unit
L x W x H
Inches
Unit
Weight
OzLbs
Please note this is not to be used as a manifest
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 31
Packaging of Apparel and Shoes (Also Includes ndash Belts Hats Scarves
Gloves Ties Hosiery)
All products supplied to Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the criteria in this
section unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa DC Packaging Department for approval
PackagingChargebacks Chris Harvey Phone (814) 726-6225
Email christineharveybluestemcom
PackagingChargebacks Melissa Benson Phone (814) 726-6226
Email melissabensonbluestemcom
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Shoe boxes must be rubber banded
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 32
POLYBAGS Polybag style is indicated on the purchase order and packaging specification The sourcing of
polybags is the responsibility of the supplier
Material 10+ mil Polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Background Color
Clear - for most goods
Opaque - for silk linen and 100 nylon garments The only exception is Winter Silks
which requires clear polybags for all goods
Dimensions Vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item must fit comfortably in the bag (no creases or puckers) but not move freely
(bag should be close fitting) Refer to Standard FoldPolybag Sizes Charts
Back of Polybag
Background clear
All polybags must have country of origin printed below the warning or the
country of origin must be clearly visible on the care label and be able to be viewed through the polybag
Bluestem Brands requires that the following safety warning be printed on the back of
all Polybag or on a self adhesive sticker (white with black lettering) that is attached to the back of the Polybag
ldquoWARNING-TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAYPENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Bluestem Brands prefers that all apparel polybags have eight 14rdquo air vent holes (4
in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the Polybag
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 33
Securing of the Polybag
The Polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip If the fold size of the garment is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be
secured with three pieces of clear tape to prevent the weight of the garment forcing the bag open when being handled
Flap For garments folded 14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller - a 2rdquo fliplock must be used For garments folded 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger - a 3rdquo fliplock must be used
For garments folded For garments folded
14rdquo x 8 12rdquo or smaller 16rdquo x 12rdquo or larger
Two pieces of clear tape Three pieces of clear tape
(12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L) (12rdquo W X 1 12rdquo L)
TISSUE
White tissue with a minimum of 9rdquo X 12rdquo must be used on products when requested on the
product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
PINSCLIPS
Plastic clips may be used in any product folds Pins are not permitted without prior notification
and approval from the Buyer
Chipboard Backer
Lightweight chipboard backer (12 pts or less) must be used on products when requested on
the product packaging specifications and purchase order
Samples will be provided upon request
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 34
Standard FoldPolybag SizesBackers ndashApparel
Below are the cartons and specs that we require be utilized unless alternative specs have been
provided by the brand or prior permission has been granted by the brand or IDC packaging
staff
Cartons are based on outside dimensions
If you need to adjust for any reason we ask that you keep the same footprint (LxW) and
adjust the height only
Carton Size Fold Size Polybag Size Garment Fold Backer Backer Size
19 78rdquo L
12 18rdquo W
12 18rdquo H
and
6rdquo H
11 12rdquo H
(2921 cm)
9 34rdquo W
(2477 cm)
12 12rdquo H
(3175 cm)
11 14rdquo W
(2858 cm)
1 Mil
Lingerie
Undergarments
Blouses Crewneck
or Polo Shirts
Pajamas Skirts
Womenrsquos Pants
Lingerie
Undergarments
Others-No
12 pts or less
10 12rdquo H
(2667 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
20rdquo L
14 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
11rdquo H
and 6ldquo H
14rdquo H
(3556 cm)
10rdquo W
(2159 cm)
15rdquo H
(2604 cm)
10 14rdquo W
(381 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Dress Shirts Yes
12 pts or less
13 58rdquo H
(3461 cm)
8rdquo W (2032 cm)
24rdquo L
16 12 W
15rdquo H
OR
24rdquoL
16 frac12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
19 78 L
12 18 W
12 18 H
and 6rdquo H
If Fold
Size Is
Less Than
16rdquo H
(4064 cm)
12rdquo W
(3048 cm)
17rdquo H
(3429 cm)
13 12rdquo W
(4318 cm)
1 Mil
Menrsquos Pants
Jeans
Sweatshirts
Dresses bulky
Sweaters Robes
Nightgowns
Jackets
No
24rdquoL
16 12rdquo W
11rdquo H
and 6rdquo H
In half
with arms
behind
23 frac12 x 16
18 12rdquo H
(4699 cm)
23 12rdquo W
(5969 cm)
125 Mil
Suit Coats Sport
Coats (unless
specified as GOH)
(See example on
following page)
Yes
12 pts or less
32rdquo H
(8128 cm)
16 14rdquo W
(4128 cm)
The above requirements on cartons and specs MUST be utilized If there are
issuesconcerns please contact our Packaging staff and we will work together to come up
with an appropriate solution Otherwise the shipment may be subject to chargebackrsquos
To further help reduce mixed cartons please note our minimum carton size allowed is 12x12x4
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 35
Example of Suit Coat Sport Coat Fold
A lightweight chipboard backer is placed inside the coat Fold sleeves to the sidebehind
and then bring the bottom of the coat up once The coat is then placed into a close fitting
polybag (not a garment bag) and sealed with three pieces of tape as shown in the pictures
below
Coat is unbuttoned in the example below
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 36
Garment on Hangers
Merchandise MUST NOT BE SENT on hangers or in hanger packs unless specified on the purchase order
Only use GOH boxes when specified on the Purchase Order or in the
specification package
Apparel is not to be individually packed within a box within the master shipping
carton
Laydown or Vertical Garment on Hanger (GOH) boxes may be specified on the purchase order or the specification package The below dimensions are
guidelines only and vendors can deviate from them as necessary Please remember the 40 lb weight requirement per carton If we find issue with any
cartons received we will consult with the vendor and the brand for future shipments
Box size dimensions for Horizontal GOH
32rdquo-38rdquo Length (8128cm-9652cm)
22rdquo-24rdquo Width (5588cm-6096cm) 1rdquo-9rdquo Height (254cm-2413cm)
22rdquo24rdquo Width
32-38 Length 1rdquo-9rdquo Height
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 37
Box size dimensions for Vertical GOH
8rdquo-24rdquo Length (2032cm-6096cm)
18rdquo-20rdquo Width (4572cm-5080cm)
36rdquo-42rdquo Height (9144cm-10668cm
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 38
Home Soft GoodsTextiles
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer
surveys suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or
product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
POLYBAGS FOR HOME SOFT GOODSTEXTILES
Material 10+ mil clear polyethylene (no other materials are acceptable)
Vinyl zippered bags are acceptable for home textiles and do not require the suffocation
warning on the bag
Dimensions vary depending on the bulk and folded size of the item Once packaged
the item should fit comfortably in the polybag (no creases or puckers) but not move
freely (bag should be close fitting)
Packaging For Rolled Rugs Package in 4 mil opaque (black or brown) re-mailable
polyethylene bag securely sealed on both ends While the above colors are highly
preferred we will accept clear packaging Plastic zip ties are preferred due to the
amount of labor required to remove metal clips or wires when completing quality
inspections
Printing Bluestem Brands requires that a warning be printed on the back of all
polybags except for vinyl zippered bags
Suffocation Warning (Should state as shown below on back side of polybag)
ldquoWARNING ndash TO AVOID DANGER OF SUFFOCATION KEEP THIS BAG AWAY FROM
BABIES AND CHILDREN DO NOT USE IN CRIBS BEDS CARRIAGES OR PLAY PENS
THIS BAG IS NOT A TOYrdquo
Air Vent Holes It is preferred that all soft goodstextile Polybag have eight 14rdquo air
vent holes (4 in front 4 in back) punched near the top and bottom of the polybag
Fabric Content Care Instructions and Country of Origin ndash If these cannot be on
the item they must be either on an insert or a self-adhesive label applied on the
polybag
Polybag Closure Bluestem Brands prefers that all polybags be heat-sealed See
following page for diagrams of proper polybag closure
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 39
Securing of the Polybag
The polybag should be heat sealed If heat sealing is not possible the polybag
must be sealed as shown below or be sealed with a self-adhesive strip The below
diagrams note proper tape placement The tape should be clear and (frac12rdquoW X 1 frac12rdquoL)
If the fold size of the product is larger than 16 x 12 and the item is packaged in a
self-adhesive sealed bag then it must also be secured with three pieces of clear tape
to prevent the weight of the product forcing the bag open when being handled
2rdquo 508 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
5rdquo 127 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin
3rdquo 762 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
4rdquo 1016 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
1rdquo 254 cm
BACK VIEW
4rdquo 1016 cm
RN 81700
lsquoWarning-to avoid danger of suffocation keep this bag
away from babies and children Do not use in cribs
beds carriages or playpens This bag is not a toyrsquo
Country of Origin RN 81700
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 40
Hard GoodsNon Apparel Unit Packaging
Includes -Jewelry Purses Wallets Tote Bags
Household Products and Health amp Beauty Items
All products supplied to the Bluestem Irvine Pa DC must be packaged and ready for direct
shipment to the customer The supplier is responsible for adhering to all packaging
specifications provided
The requirements for each item are standard and all packaging should meet the following
descriptions unless otherwise noted by the packaging specifications
If the supplier finds it necessary to make any changes to the original packaging specifications
they must contact the Irvine Pa Packaging Department at idcpackagingbluestemcom for
approval
No pricing of any kind is to appear on the package or product
No unapproved inserts catalog advertisements customer solicitations customer surveys
suppliers phone number or email address is to appear on the package or product
Failure to comply with these packaging specifications may result in chargebacks andor
penalties
Packaging for Hardgoods Non Apparel
All units must arrive to the Distribution Center completely enclosed and secured in a
clamshell blister pack box bubble bag or poly-bag or shrink wrapped
Any hard good items that are polybagged must be heat sealed or secured with clear tape
Any 2 piece gift box must be poly-bagged The poly-bag must be heat sealed or secured
with clear tape
All other boxes must be taped shut
Any open display such as sleeved unit must be poly-bagged be heat sealed or taped
securely with clear tape
4rdquo x 2rdquo x 14rdquo is the minimum unit package size for conveyability Unit heightdepth must
maintain 14rdquo for at least the 4rdquo x 2rdquo surface of the product
Cylindrical items ndash must be either individually boxed (preferred) or in a bubble mailer (jiffy
mailer)
Magnetic items ndash must be packaged in a manner that the magnets will not adhere to metal
through the packaging
Continued on next page
Books amp Calendars ndash edgescorners must be protected either completely boxed cover
cornersedges with cardboard amp then shrink wrap or use a bubblejiffy mailer
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 41
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
All pierced earrings must have a ldquomini griprdquo attached
Post Earrings- After the earring is carded amp earring back secured slip a rubber grip
at the tip of the post
[grip will extend about 18rdquo beyond post]
Unit Labeling For Hardgoods and Non Apparel The bar coded unit label must be placed on the individual units as illustrated below The label
cannot cover any significant product information that would be used by the consumer The
vendor must also ensure that applicable US Customs laws with regard to Country of Origin
labeling are met Unit labels must be on the top side of the product
UNIT LABEL PLACEMENT EXAMPLES
Display Gift Box Sleeved Unit
Polybagged Hardgood
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 42
Health amp Beauty and Floral Specifications and Special Requirements
The barcoded unit label must not cover anything related to nutritional information
Products with shelf life must have pull date information on each individual unit
shipping carton and Manifest (Example Best if used by Jan 2017)
Perishable items require a stored temperature ( Example Best if stored at 40 - 60F)
Also state this on the packing list top of pallet andor each individual carton
All glass containers must be bubble wrapped polybagged and boxed Please refer to your
Buyer
All products with obvious odor (liquid or dry) must be poly bagged
All liquid products or products that could liquefy must be polybagged and sealed
All tins must be wrapped in either tissue or bubble wrap
Gift Wrap Boxes When gift-wrap boxes are labeled please use a non-adhesive unit label so gift packaging is not damaged when the label is removed These can be specified
when ordering through one of our approved unit label suppliers
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 43
WREATH EXAMPLE
Affixing the wreath to the bottom of the box with wire or straps prevents
damage during shipment
Vendors Note The above package design we find ships very well and wreaths can be easily removed
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 44
Hazardous Materials Please include a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet with your packing list for the
initial shipment of each new product
In order to minimize associate and customer concerns regarding exposure to bio-hazardous materials it is important for Bluestem Brands to be aware of what you as a vendor might be placing in or on the packaging or product that could cause suspicion
This would include absorbent materials to reduce mildew insecticides packaging lubricants or other material that we should be aware of
In addition we ask that you refrain from using white (and other) powders in your packaging if it is possible to do so without compromising product quality All hazardous material goods must be labeled to meet Department of Transportation
(DOT) packaging specifications and must also include a shipperrsquos certification Please advise your buyer if your product has land or air transportation restrictions
If you are using any of the above mentioned materials please identify these materials and list them on a material safety data sheet that can provided to you from the buyer that is working with you at Bluestem
We remain committed to associate and customer safety While we are confident that our vendors and suppliers share the commitment we deem it necessary to take these
steps and obtain information from our vendors as part of our security measures
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 45
Vendor Chargebacks
The Irvine Pa DC has a minimum $5000 chargeback fee for any shipment that is received and does not meet the requirements This fee may exceed the $5000 dependent on the time and supplies needed to make the shipment compliant
If a vendor is unsure of the requirements for shipping to Irvine Pa please use the contacts listed at the beginning of
this manual to assure they are fully understood prior to shipping
Repeated noncompliance issues considerably impacts our distribution centers operational efficiency Bluestem desires to initially work with vendors to ensure these errors do not continue but ongoing infractions will result in significant penalties If a chargeback is issued to your company and you wish to dispute the charge you have 90 days from receipt of the
chargeback invoice to contact your buyer After the 90 day period it is assumed you have accepted the charge and no reversals will be granted In addition to the initial chargeback amount the below infraction
charges will be applied to shipments with repeated issues of the same nature
3rd similar infraction - $250 charge in addition to any hours or costs related
to the infraction
4th similar infraction - $500 charge in addition to any hours or costs related to the infraction
5th similar infraction and all subsequent - $750 charge in addition to any
related to the infraction
Once a vendor has reached the 5th infraction amount of
$75000 any shipments after this 5th occurrence will continue to receive the $75000 charge until the issue is resolved
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 46
Below is a listing of the main noncompliance issues that will result in chargebacks to the vendor This list is not all inclusive however and there may be other issues with a shipment that may also result in charges to your company
Non-submittal of EDI ASNrsquos or inaccurate EDI ASNrsquos
Late EDI ASNrsquos ndash ASNrsquos that arrive after the shipment is here
Failure to communicate errors in EDI transmissions
Non-submittal of completed eSPS Carton listings to Bluestemrsquos Overseas Offices in time
to get the ASN to the distribution center before the shipments arrival
Failure to enclose a packing slip
Sending a manual manifest for a shipment without prior approval
Failure to follow transportation routing guidelines
Bands on Cartons
Carton labels missing damaged or non-compliant
Carton quantities inaccurate
Carton contains mixed colorsizes not clearly identified
Cartons containing more than one purchase order
Carton size or weight non-compliant
Shipments received with Inner Cartons or Inner Polybags
Failure to palletize cartons with carton labels facing outward
Merchandise packaging non-compliant
Unit labeling missing or non-compliant
Failure to use approved labels suppliers for unit labeling
Incorrect unit label placement on outer packaging of item
Failure to communicate shortages to your buyer
Failure to return PIR (Product Information Request Form) as required
Using non approved 3rd party billing account
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 47
Vendor Late Shipment Penalties
DOMESTIC VENDOR Late Shipment Penalty Information
Late Shipment Warehouse Purchase Orders that ship after the agreed upon Purchase Order
Ship Date
1 If shipment is 1-7 days late
5 of the cost of the late product plus a $50 administration fee
2 If shipment is 8-14 days late 10 of the cost + $50 fee
3 If shipment is 15+ days late
15 of the cost + $50 fee
DIRECT OCEAN SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information
1 If a shipment is up to 6 days late no penalty will be taken
2 If a shipment is 7-14 days late Bluestem will allow the vendor to ship via regular vessel with 1-week late penalty Bluestem reserves the right to require Vendor to air bin coverage as Bluestem requires
3 If a shipment is between 15-21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Late penalty will be waived
4 If a shipment is more than 21 days late The shipment will be aired 100 prepaid Applicable late penalties will be assessed based on the total number of weeks from the shipment date listed on the PO to the date the shipment actually occurred
DIRECT AIR SHIPMENTS Late Shipment Penalty Information It is the vendorrsquos responsibility to ensure that the goods are available to ship by the ship date listed on the Purchase Order For air shipments only ldquoavailable to shiprdquo is defined as the cargo and documents receipt date Vendor should ensure that the forwarder states ldquocargo and documents received DATErdquo on the AWB This applies to Purchase Orders placed as air as well as partial quantities requested to be air collect
1 If a shipment is 4 to 8 days late The vendor will air the shipment 50 prepaid 50 collect with 1-week late penalty
2 If a shipment will be 9 or more days late The vendor will air the shipment 100 prepaid Plus the number of weeksrsquo late penalty will be taken
- For all late shipments Bluestem reserves the right to cancel all or part of the order -
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery
Bluestem Brands Irvine Pa Distribution Center Vendor Compliance Manual
Issued
February
20 2008
Revised
August
2017
Page 48
i) Collect Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be picked up in full at the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Ready date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to contacting CH Robinson for a pick up The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is available for pick up at the Supplier facility as stated on the pick-up request form
ii) Prepaid Shipments
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise on the order should be shipped in full from the supplier facility An order will be considered on time if the Supplier Shipped date is on or before the purchase order ship date Approval to ship after the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst prior to shipment The Supplier Ready date is defined as the date the shipment is leaving the Supplier facility
iii) International Routing
The Purchase Order ship date is the date in which the merchandise must be delivered in full to port Bluestem Brands uses the In-Gate Date to determine if an import shipment is on time The In-Gate Date is defined as the date the shipment is delivered in full to port or to the designated overseas consolidator Approval to ship outside of the Purchase Order ship date must be obtained from the Bluestem Brands Inventory Analyst at least 4 weeks in advance of original ship date prior to making a booking for delivery